Home

Field Service Manual.book

1. Enor Code Display P9 J2 TP2 1 ove tio ooo ce iodine g 8 n 0605 lean RIZ 120 ay Ei 1 7 4 nri 6 l in oo C52 qD2 PL pe El HH afd 5 AP i c6t 58 460 5 c23 c24 1 073 20 E paan Dik d dy i d i L4H B zu B EI AARRRAA 04 R14 n mi 0 018 R TU SHHESEES 09 anna Im B iet 03 1038 i e 022 gm 09 C54 TE 028 For brm L 8 R68 4 2 110301 GND4 30138 055 406 gua 2 gg TAB cU BAM Sia AGND Wig gt 291 07 09 09 Bao C co nn ds
2. pcan oo M other cpm Eam g CS co Le S e Figure H 2 DCU Front Panel Assembly Component Location Diagram H 2 COMPONENT LOCATION DIAGRAMS Release 1 Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 AB240 O pto Coupler Board AB213 Pow er Board AS226 IB P A ss bly BP Option Only Figure H 4 PCU Exploded View Component Location Diagram Release 1 COMPONENT LOCATION DIAGRAMS H 3 P N 9568 3160 SERVICE MANUAL Invivo Figure H 5 AS201 Power Adapter Front View Component Location Diagram
3. TEM REF DES DESCRIPTION 123 5035 1 ENCODER OPTICAL 24 POSITION M 61 9 1 3550 120 L2101 1 OVERLAY GRAPHICS 3550 122 1212 1 LABEL INFORMATION 3160 31600CU 60 HE61 1 2 4 GHz RIGHT ANGLE 121 12163 1 LABEL MODEL SERIAL NO DCU 3160 59 HE124 1 SPEAKER PIEZO 10508 NON MAGNETIC 120 SEE CHART OVERLAY GRAPHICS 3550 58 HE123 1 DSPLY 100 12 1 DIAG SVGA PHLPS GERMAN LANGUAGE 31600 0 3 2 119 NIST 4 WSHR RUBBR 1210 250D O62THK 57 HE119 1 TRANSCEIVER 2 4 GHz 460 KBPS 2450 LTEN REDE PART WO DESCRIPTION 118 4 WASHER FLAT 6X 312X 048 SS NM 56 H166 2 PLUNGER 3 68 BALL 172 13 UNC SS 120 110611 OVERLAY GRAPHICS 3550 GER 17 NS99N 28 SCR 44 40 X 3 16 LG FHNS XR NM 55 H165 2 5 GSKT EMI 0 SECTION 090 050 116 NS98N 8 SCR 44 40 X 1 4 LG FHMS XR NM 54 H163 1 DISPLAY WINDOW SHIELDED DCU 3160 115 1595 1 SET 44 40 X 3 16 CP 55 53 H162 127SS 1 STRIP RF GSKT 12 065 FRENCH LANGUAGE 3160000 3 3 114 NS81N 4 SCR 44 40 X 5 16LG FIHMS XR NM 52 H162 050CC 2 STRIP RF PNL GSKT 4 T5 QS APART MO 101 DESCRIPTION 113 15768 6 SCR 4 40 X 3 16 PHMS XR SS NM 51 H1
4. ITEM REF DES PART DESCRIPTION 26 4553 1 CAB DATA TEMP MODULE WPU 3160 34 AC608 1 CAB AB257 F1SO DATA WPU 3160 54 13 1 SENSOR TEMP 0 67 HM91E 1 MOUNT TEMP SENSOR WPU 3160 97 NOO2N 4 4 40 SS NM 101 NSO4N 2 SCR 44 40 X 1 4 LG PHMS XR NM 118 NS98N 4 ISCR 44 40 X 1 4 LG FHMS XR NM 120 NW44N 2 WSHR LCK SPLT 4 SS NM NO TEMPERATURE 3160WPU 15 2 ITEM REF DES PART NO QTY DESCRIPTION 96 NOOTN 2 6 32 SS NM 62 HM91AF 1 BRKT POWER SUPPLY BRD WPU 3160 125 PFI 1 ADAPTER F 0 CONNECTOR SC ST 6 1 COVER HOUSING WPU 3160 124 542 2 CONN L ADAPTER SMA FEM MALE 60 HMQOAM BRKT USB SUPPORT WPu DCU 3160 123 P533 8 CONN ADPTR SMB FEM FEM 59 HM90AH 1 BRKT BATT HOLD DOWN 3160 122 PA437 2 CONNECTOR BULKHEAD F 0 2 5 MM 58 HE61 0 ANTENNA 2 4 GHz RIGHT ANGLE 121 PA366 1 GSKT EMI RFI 15 PIN CONNECTOR 57 HE121 2 ATTENUATOR SMA 50 OHM 120 NW44N 4 WSHR LCK SPLT 84 SS NM 56 HE120 1 SPLITTER COMBINER 2 WAY 50 OHM 119 NWO2 4 WSHR NY 1401 D x 3120 D O32THK 55 HE119 1 TRANSCEIVER 2 4 GHz 460 KBPS 2450 118 NS98N 11 SCR 44 40 X 1 4 LG FHMS XR NM 54 HETI3 0 PCA SENSOR TEMP 0 117 NS96N 4 SCR 86 32 X 3 16LG PHNS XR NM 53 HC40 1 CLAMP CABLE ADJUS
5. 7 17 79 Access PSIG ep ox ERIS 7 17 WP Namnen ACS Da 7 17 Release 1 iii P N 9568 3160 SERVICE MANUAL TABLE OF CONTENTS Continued Section Paragraph Title Page DALAI D U WA AUGS soe rosa opa BH ES 7 18 BN DEREN 7 18 7 10 1 WPU DCU 9064 14 4 Vdc Battery 7 18 7 10 2 WECG WSPO2 9065 4 1 Vdc LI Battery 20 22 0 0 0002 7 19 DLL BHRBISIS Vde Battefy 7 19 0 7 19 ALI 7 20 JD 7 20 80 RADIO PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS ee eeee eee ee ee ette essen 8 1 8 1 iso Dn o E 8 1 Test T 8 1 8 3 cuc E 8 1 84 HEII9 Programming for Single DCU Communications esee 8 2 8 5 Changing the DCU HE119 Network 8 4 8 6 Changing the WPU HETIS Network NUDO s 8 4 9 0 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES eee eee eee enne ta seen aetas ease enses eaae 9 1 9 1 inni MENO 9 92 9
6. Release 1 MAINTENANCE DRAWINGS J 3 vt 8956 d SONIMV UG AONVNALNIVW eseojposp TVONVW HOIASIHS 0916 p 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 11 ri 155 TI oot gt gt lt LSL il D 4 Ly lt ot Release 1 MAINTENANCE DRAWINGS J 5 P N 9568 3160 SERVICE MANUAL MAINTENANCE DRAWINGS Release 1 2502123 SONIM VIG AONVNALNIVW Lf 8215 Wireless ECG Leads Processing 195 Unit SensorBase aiz Ned WPU DusiBadio AB 60D AVECG 2 Board Mother Transmitter Batteries 4 2 ECG Board Module 2
7. If Indication If Indication Symptom Action Normal Indication Is Abnormal Is Normal NIBP Parameter g Check status of the Left decimal is On lit Blank Display Replace the Contact Invivo Technical Failure Not Working Error Code Display on solid green right decimal is DCU assembly Service for further Cont d DCU AB213 Power flashing green and all Error Code Displayed troubleshooting assistance Board see Appendix segments are Off Proceed to Appendix of Figure H 6 for component extinguished this manual for further locations troubleshooting instructions Agents Parameter with EtCO2 Failure Not Working a Disconnect the patient tubing from the GAS Input port on the water trap b Check the water trap for proper inlet air flow A mild air vacuum is detected at the GAS Input port Proceed to action c Proceed to action d c Check for full occluded water trap The 2 OCCLUSION message is not displayed in the top center of the DCU screen Replace the water trap Replace the WPU Electronics Assembly d Verify internal gas tubing is securely attached to the WPU Electronics Assembly side panel using 3160 interconnect diagram see Appendix J Internal connections are good Connect gas sensor wires hoses as required and proceed nat to action e Proceed to action g e Check for normal
8. NO GAS OPTION 3 3160WPU 5 3 TEM REF DES PART 10 Qm DESCRIPTION 11 HM92F PLATE WATERTRAP PCU 3160 INVASIVE PRESSURE OPTION 1 3160WPU 12 1 LTEM REF DES PART NO Qm DESCRIPTION 2 18249 1 CONN ADAPTER IBP 3160 3 AC602 1 CABLE INTERCONNECT 1 3160 4 15226 1 HOUSING SHIELD PCU 3160 14 NOO2N 2 NUT HEX 4 40 SS NM 17 NSO4N 3 SCR 4 40 X 1 4 LG PHMS XR NM 11 SONIMV UG AONVNALNIVW ta en 2583123 19 RI F ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTION 1107 CONNECT TO 564 IN AS239 ASM NOT SHOWN 24 SEE CHART WATER TRAP DSPSBL 3160 23 HP107 1 FILTER 13MM 1 OUM HYDRO M F 21 5037 1 SWITCH ROCKER SPDT 20 NS192N 4 SCR CAPT 44 40 2801 0 PHMS XR 55 19 NS165N 0 SCR X 4 SELF TAP FHMS 55 18 NS164N 4 SCR M2 X 4 X SM FHMS SS NM 17 NSO4N 0 SCR 44 40 X 1 4 LG PHMS XR NM 16 NSO2N 4 SCR 6 32 X 1 4 LG PHMS XR NM 15 NO39N 4 HEX M2 X 4 X SM MS SS NM 14 NOO2N 0 44 40 SS NM 13 050 A R ADHESI VE LOCTITE 425 BLU ASSUR 12 168 1 MALE LUER LOCK TO BLKHD TO 1 32 BARB 11 HM92F 0 PLATE WATERTRAP PCU 3160 10 92 2 O RECEPTACLE WATERTRAP 3160 9 92 1 0 BRKT MNT FLSH WATERTRAP 3160 8 HN92D 1 BRACKET POLE MOUNT PCU 3160 T HM92C 1 PANEL CONNE
9. Table 9 1 3160 Monitor Field Troubleshooting Procedures Continued 5 If Indication If Indication Symptom Action Normal Indication Is Abnormal Is Normal NIBP Parameter b Press the START moderate stream of air Replace the Electronics Proceed to action Failure Not Working STOP key on the DCU exits the Inflate port A Assembly Cont d control panel to initiatea flashing red manual NIBP reading INFLATING error message 18 displayed in the DCU s NIBP icon c Setup the WPU for operation in the Keyboard Navigation Nav mode attach a monitor and w keyboard as specified in a Appendix E of this 2 manual d On the WPU access the lt NIBP CAL screen in the Q NIBP TESTS SERVICE BIO MED Menu gt e Verify correct NIBP NIBP CAL screen displays the WPU Electronics Proceed to action 2 Primary Sense the following Pri mary Assembly transducer calibration values OFFSET PRESS 9 5 PRESS READING 0 1 f Verify correct NIBP NIBP CAL screen displays the WPU Electronics Proceed to action g Secondary Inflate the following Sec ondary Assembly transducer calibration values OFFSET PRESS 10 5 PRESS READING 0 1 lt 9 250221 6 9 ONILOOHSATINOUL 11 6 Table 9 1 3160 Monitor Field Troubleshooting Procedures Continued
10. Proceed to Appendix G of this manual for further troubleshooting instructions 3 lt 9 eseojer SHM 0dH00Id ONILOOHSATINOUL 676 Table 9 1 3160 Monitor Field Troubleshooting Procedures Continued 2 If Indication If Indication 5 Symptom Action Normal Indication Is Abnormal Is Normal 5 SPO2 Parameter d Checkthe communication The WSPO2 status Proceed to action e Replace the WPU assembly Failure Not status of the WSPO2 indicator at the bottom of Working Cont d transmitter module at Normal Screen see DCU Section 2 Figure 2 2 is not displayed inside a red box with an through it as pictured below 92 2 e Insert a fully charged battery into 2 transmitter module f Checkthecommunication The ECG status indicator at Replace the WPU Electronics Replace the WSPO2 E status of the ECG the bottom of the Normal Assembly transmitter module 5 transmitter module at the Screen see Section 2 Z DCU Figure 2 2 is not displayed inside red box with an X through it as pictured below NIBP Parameter a Disconnect the NIBP Failure Not Working adult cuff accessory from the NIBP Inflate and Sense ports on the PCU 5 01 6 6 ONILOOHSATINOUL eseoposp
11. WARNING For safety reasons it is important that the 3160 monitor be powered from an outlet where the ground plug receptacle is connected to earth ground Do not remove the grounding conductor from the power plug or use electrical power without proper grounding b Plug the line cord into a hospital grade AC wall outlet C Plug the other end of the line cord into the AC INPUT power receptacle on the AS201 Power Adapter see Section 3 Figure 3 8 d Confirm that the green DC OUTPUT indicator on the AS201 front panel see Section 3 Figure 3 8 is illuminated amp Plug 3160 power cable AC517 into the AS201 DC Output connector see Section 3 Figure 3 8 and 3160 WPU unit DC power port see Section 3 Figure 3 4 f Confirm that the tri color Power Status Indicators on the PCU see Section 3 Figure 3 5 and DCU see Section 5 Figure 5 1 are both flashing green 2 5 Turning the Monitor On Perform the following procedure to apply power to the 3160 monitor a Connect the monitor to power see Page 2 1 paragraph 2 4 b Ensure the sealed 9064 backup batteries are installed in the WPU and DCU units see Section 7 Page 7 15 paragraph 7 8 4 NOTE For first use it is recommended to allow the batteries to charge a minimum of 8 hours before utilizing the monitor for battery use For normal use the monitor should be plugged into an AC electrical outlet through the AS201 Power Adapter and not on battery powe
12. 7 2 7 3 4 Monitor Adjustment Every 12 en eri 7 2 7 3 5 Monitor Cleaning Internal Every 12 7 2 7 36 i Tests Every 12 obo Mtt 7 2 7 3 7 Consumable Parts Every 12 7 2 Conceive Manei DH 7 2 1213 7 3 7 5 Sotware Tosta lahon M 7 3 Tod Program Update LIU anas s ga 7 3 a 7 11 MES 0 cene 7 11 0 g n ms 7 1 NE o e 7 12 D Assembly Disassembly M 7 13 Buru T0618 To 7 13 7 8 2 3160 Monitor DisassemblyrReassembly 7 13 7 8 3 DCU EMI Gasket 1 1 1 7 15 7 84 WPU DCU 9064 Battery Removal Replacement 7 15 7 8 5 WECG WSPO2 9065 Patient Module LI Battery Removal Replacement 7 15 7 8 6 WPU FUSS DC Fuse RemovalUReplacement ui eere tanen 7 16 78 7 DCU FU39 DC Fuse Removal Replacement eese baci crece pua 7 16 7 8 8 5201 Power Adapter Removal Replacement sese 7 16 789 201 FU12 Fuse Removal Replacement 7 16 7 8 10 WPU 9445 Disposable Anesthetic Oxygen Sensor Removal Replacement 7 16 7 8 11 DCU HE61 Radio Antenna Removal Replacement esses 7 17 7 8 12 WPU HE61 Radio Antenna
13. 6 TRENDS RECORD Release 1 Step 7 8 9 10 11 12 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 Verify the NIBP START STOP Control Key as follows a b c d e Connect an NIBP Cuff to the Sense and Inflate Ports on the monitor front panel Press the NIBP START STOP Control Key Observe that the monitor attempts to take an NIBP measurement Press the NIBP START STOP Control Key Observe that the NIBP Pressure Pump turns off Verify NIBP INTERVAL Control Key as follows a b c d Press the NIBP INTERVAL Control Key Observe that the INTERVAL Menu is displayed Press the NORMAL SCREEN Control Key Observe that the INTERVAL Menu is removed from the display Verify the NIBP STAT Control Key as follows a b c d Press the NIBP STAT Control Key Observe that the monitor attempts to take an NIBP measurement Press the NIBP START STOP Control Key Observe that the NIBP Pressure Pump turns off Verify the TRENDS Control Key as follows a b c d Press the TRENDS Control Key Observe that the HISTORY Menu is displayed Press the NORMAL SCREEN Control Key Observe that the HISTORY Menu is removed from the display Verify the CLEAR TRENDS Control Key as follows a b c d Press the CLEAR TRENDS Control Key Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the YES menu selection Press the Rotary Knob to select YES
14. NOTES SeeNote3 1 _ _ _ 1 Heavylines indicate mainflowinstandardwireless monitor configuration RF HE61 2 Normal status for7 segment ErrorCode Display T wi left decimal On lit solidgreen rightdecimalflashing HE61 Hard Wired Link Antenna green andallnumericsegmentsOff extinguished Antenna 3 ThisoptionalAS201 connection separately powers the 2 1 j DCUwhenitisdetachedfromthemonitorbase As240 25 DCU 119 160 Legend Display Transceiver Mother ElectricalCable Assembly WIT2450 Board Universal C MajorAssembl hri 1splay M y Asynchronous data bus Subassembly Receiver Xmtr Processing FiberOptic Cable 11 2 UART DP ower gt Board B H 44V OptionalConnection 08 05 Number of FU39Fuse SeeNote2 SystemPower 3 3V 5V 12V 3 Cables Conductors Tubes 5A 32V 7 eseojposp d IBP Parameter Functional Block Diagram 3160 Series Physiological Monitor 8956 TVONVW HOIASIHS 0916 wiOAIAU 2502123 SONIM VIG AONVNALNIVW EET 8219 Patient Connection Unit PCU F O TEMP Sensor Sensor Connector Calibration Memory Chip From 18V 1 7A 3 6A 1 8215 RS 232 Serial Link SystemPower 3 033V45V 12V
15. RED 85 HS47 4 STNDFF 25 HX M F 84 40 x 25LG BR 97 NOO2N 6 HEX 44 40 SS 114 50 4 SCR 44 40 X 1 4 LG PHMS NY 121 P603 2 GUIDE CARD NARROW 2 5 LG ANESTHETIC AGENTS GAS ANALYSIS 3160WPU 5 2 ITEM REF DES PART NO QTY DESCRIPTION 1 9445 1 ANESTHETIC OXYGEN SENSOR DISP 3 381928 1 AGENTS ANALYZER MODI I 29 AC559 1 EXT 1 0 AGNTS MDL WPU 3160 37 AP64 1 JASSY F102 SENSER COUPLER 3160 T5 115 88 65 TUBING VITON 1 16 1 0 X 1 8 0 0 T9 HP132 1 ORIFICE FLOW CONTROL 005 DIA 127 PG03 1 GUIDE CARD NARROW 2 5 LG 129 HP185 1 RESTRICTOR 073 016 GRAY n HN91J 1 HEATSINK AGENT PCA WPU 3160 NO GAS ANALYSIS 3160WPU 5 3 ITEM REF DES PART DESCRIPTION 4 H162 010CC 2 STRIP RF PNL GSKT 95 42 H162 020CC 2 STRIP RF PNL GSKT 1 9 CHMF 66 HN9102 1 PLATE O2 SENSOR 2 4 GHZ WIRELESS COMMUNICATION 3160WPU 13 1 ITEM REF DES PART NO QTY DESCRIPTION 58 1 2 4 GHz RIGHT ANGLE HARDWIRED RADIO COMMUNICATION 3160WPU 13 2 ITEM REF DES PART NO QTY DESCRIPTION 35 AC616 COAX SMA MALE SMA MALE 5 LG ONE CHANNEL FIBER OPTIC TEMPERATURE 3160WPU 15 1
16. TVONVW HOLASIHS 0916 8956 N d SONIMV UG AONVNALNIVW 2583123 AS215 Wireless Processing Unit 195 Pillow a as WPU Sensor Base 211 Sensor 9311 9065 E DualRadio External WSPO2 Board Transmitter SPO2 Board Signal o Module R Radio Differentiator A 214 D3 D4 ii pol Serial to Par iii See Note 1 allelConverter 195 T SPC SensorBase SPC Universal Asynchronous AB214 Receiver Xmtr Diversity UART Antenna FU39Fuse 5A 32V PowerAdapter AVE yt 119 1 SystemPower Transceiver WIT2450 NOTES 1 1 Normal status forclearSPO2 RESPRadio signal E Fi d e reception is LEDsD3andD4alternatelyflashing 9064 RF 2 Heavylines indicate mainflowinstandardwireless Batteri Hard Wired HE61 monitor configuration Link Antenna 3 Normal status for7 segment ErrorCode Display HE61 left decimal On lit solidgreen rightdecimalflashing P d Antenna green andallnumericsegmentsOff extinguished 17 Qv 4 ThisoptionalAs201connectionseparately powers the AS240 DCUwhenitisdetachedfromthemonitorbase DCU 119 Display Transceiver Assembly WIT2450 Board Universal 8 bit Legend ElectricalCable MajorAssembly Subassembly FiberOptic Cable gt
17. 258312 onan B BLACK C RED TAPE el OPPER TAPE ib TAPING VIEW fe BOTTOM TAPING VIEW PIN 5 GREEN lt A22 PIN 4 YELLOW A23 24 PIN 9 WHITE lt A20 PIN 1 BROWN 17 PIN 6 BLUE lt 18 PIN 2 RED 4 419 PIN 3 ORANGE lt e 21 CHG e A RED BATGNDe BLACK RED 5 SCHEMAT DETAIL A DETAIL A pe 43 03 11 42 03 law 72 DETAIL A REFERENCE ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS AI101 31 12198 1 LABEL WRI BORE CAUTION WSPO2 30 MOS2 4 0 TAPE SHIELDING COPPER 1 WIDE 29 MOBB T 0 TAPE KAPTON 001 THK X 50 WD ROLL 28 HP1738 1 DRESS MNT PLSTC 174 28 27 PA531 1 CONN DB9 F SLOR CUP W INSRT NM NOT SHOWN 26 MOSO A R ADHESIVE LOCTITE 425 BLU ASSUR NOT SHOWN 25 20 A R ADHESIVE LOCTITE TOUGHENED 411 NOT SHOWN 24 MOOT A R ADHESI VE LOCTITE 262 RED THDLK 23 L131 1 LABEL 10 COMPUTER PRINTED 22 15498 6 SCR 1
18. Battery Charger 7N m m So S a RU UII Dots DC 25 264 DC Power Coble Power rods 15 BN T 18 5 0 9 3 6Amax 18 3VDC G 3 6Amax Inv Pres 2 AS239 i WPU Inv Pres 1 3 Base ECG Coble Rodio Agent CO2 Tube AS219 Assembly to WPU Patient Ant Wireless ECG gt Connection 5215 LL WPU Electronics Assembly Patient Module NIBP Tube 2 Unit 12VDC LV Battery Cuff NIBP Tube 1 0 1Amox kai Unfiltered Panel FT Board mu Temp Behind RF Seal SpO2 Cable Wireless SpO2 USB RS232 C Open Patient Filtered Panel Keyboard e 4 1V Battery RS DC Power In esp Tube Radio Data Link Power Control 4 Gating Coax to WPU Exhaust Gas Bellows 85 264VAC 47 63 Hz 1 5Amax 5201 Power Adapter DC Power Cable Visual Indicator 18 5VDC 9 3 6Amax Figure 4 2 Primary Power Distribution Diagram TVONVW HOIASIHS 0916 8956 N d wiOAIAU Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 NARROWBAND NARROWBAND SIGNAL SIGNAL SPREAD SPECTRUM FREQUENCY HOPPING SPREAD SPECTRUM FREQUENCY HOPPING JAMMING SIGNAL MULTIPATH FADING Figure 4 3 Narrowband vs Spread Spectrum with Interference The two primary approaches to Spread Spectrum SS are Direct Sequence DS and Frequency Hopping FH
19. CAD SCALE SHEET 086 NO REV 9 20 3 ol 4 1958197 UNO TVONVW HOIASIHS 0916 8956 N d wiOAIAU 2583123 SEE DETAIL D S SECURE 2 AC564 SONIM VIG AONVNALNIVW DETAIL D KWV s m seo KWV piss 200 DInvivo 12601 RESEARCH PARKWAY ORLANDO FL 32826 USA ASSEMBLY A5239 ASSY BASE WPU 3160 Trino PROJECTION 61 1 DIN SCALE TAS CAD SCALE 9 20 SHEET 4014 DWG 10 1958197 mz UNO TVONVW HOLASIHS 0916 8956 N d SDNIMV G AONVNALNIVW 2583123 onan ETCO2 GAS ANALYSIS 3160WPU 5 1 ITEM REF DES PART QTY DESCRIPTION 12 AB251A 1 PCA LOW FLOW ETCO2 MODULE 3160 13 AB255 1 PCA ETCO2 MODULE ADAPTER 3160 32 AC605 1 CABLE ETCO2 COMM PWR 3160 33 AC606 1 CAB 10P ETCO2 COMM PWR 3160 41 H162 010CC 2 STRIP RF PNL GSKT 95 42 H162 020CC 2 STRIP RF PNL GSKT 1 9 66 9102 1 PLATE 02 SENSOR 15 115 99 95 TUBING VITON 1 16 1 0 X 1 8 0 0 80 150 1 RESTRICTOR 073 010 YEL 82 178 1 RESTRICTOR 073 006
20. Reconnect 5201 Power Adapter to WPU and set the PCU Power Switch to the ON 6 position d Type nav Turn on the EtCO2 icon as follows 1 Press the lt 4 gt key 2 Press the Down Arrow key until the PARAMETER SELECTION menu selection is highlighted 3 Press the lt gt key to select PARAMETER SELECTION 4 Press the Down Arrow key until the EtCO2 menu selection is highlighted 5 Press the lt gt key to select EtCO2 6 Press the Down Arrow key until the ON menu option is highlighted 7 Press the Enter key to select ON 8 Press the lt Esc gt key to display the Normal Screen f Allow the EtCO2 to warm up for approximately 25 minutes g EtCO2 Span Calibration Perform EtCO2 Span Calibration as follows 1 Press the lt 4 gt key 2 Press the Down Arrow key until the SERVICE BIO MED menu selection is highlighted 3 Press the lt Enter gt key to select SERVICE BIO MED 4 Press the Down Arrow key until the GAS CAL menu selection is highlighted 5 Press the lt gt key to select GAS CAL 6 Press the Down Arrow key until the SPAN CAL menu selection is highlighted 7 Press the lt gt key to select SPAN CAL 8 In the ENTER PASSWORD menu select service code 40727 9 Press the lt Enter gt key to eneter the code and isplay the EtCO2 SPAN CAL menu see Section 3 Figure 3 21 10 Connect the aerosol CAL GAS Invivo P N 9010F t
21. AS201 PowerAdapter NOTES 1 Heavylines indicate mainflowinstandardwireless monitor configuration 2 Normal status for7 segment ErrorCode Display left decimal On lit solidgreen rightdecimalflashing green andallnumericsegmentsOff extinguished 3 Internal circuitdetails are proprietary information and protected by FISOCorporation under applicablecopyright laws 4 ThisoptionalAS201connection separately powers the DCUwhenitisdetachedfromthemonitorbase Legend ElectricalCable i Rt MajorAssembly Subassembly FiberOptic Cable OptionalConnection n 2 Number of Cables Conductors Tubes WPU Electronics Assembly HE113 1600 1 FISO TemperatureModule Mother See Note 3 Board Signal tle RS 232 Rec Xmt 2 7 1 1 FU39Fuse AB213 5 32 Power m Board SeeNote4 HE6 Antenna AS240 2 js DCU HE119 Display Transceiver Assembly Board Universal WIT2450 Asynchronous Receiver Xmtr UART FU39Fuse 5A 32V ug SeeNote 2 Universal Asynchronous Receiver Xmtr UART Universal Asynchronous Receiver Xmtr UART 119 Transceiver WIT2450 HE61 Hard Wired Link Display Processing DP F O TEMP Parameter Functional Block Diagram 3160 Series Physiological Monitor
22. Inflate 18V 1 7A 3 6A 1 SeeNote4 CL NIBP Transducer Board Primary Transducer AB160D Mother Board Converter VariableDC 0Vto 11V Dump Valve Out N O 12V Closed 0 Universal Asynchronous Receiver Xmtr UART NIBP Command Status FU39 Fuse 5A 32V U9 SeeNote 3 1 SystemPower 1 3 033V45V 12V AB213 Power 119 Transceiver WIT2450 Control Circuitry HE61 FU39 Fuse 5 32 Antenna WIT2450 9064 HE61 pem Hard Wired pow Link Board Universal 8 bit Asynchronous data bus Receiver Xmtr UART Display Processing DP NIBP Parameter Functional Block Diagram 3160 Series Physiological Monitor TVONVW HOLASIHS 0916 8956 N d 01 SONIMV UG AONVNALNIVW 2583123 7 219 77 Patient Connection l Unit PCU 9 Sample HM92E3 Line Water as Trap s Input Port 4 Zero Port 1 T Negative Pressure From AS201 PowerAdapter gt NOTES 18V 1 7A 3 6A 1 Heavylines indicate mainflowinstandardwireless monitor configuration 2 Normal status for7 segment ErrorCode Display left decimalOn lit solidgreen rightdecimalflashing green andalln
23. ra SIE 18223 519 ayy POWER DC OUTPUT INTRGNCT 5201 T pis en 18152 FEMALE tev 2 44 INTERCONNECT DIAGRAM NOTES INSTALL HC28 GROMMET ITEM 10 IN HOLE INSIDE HM87A POWER ADAPTER BOX ITEM 14 AFFIX L2181 LABEL ITEM 46 ONTO APPROXIMATE AREA SHOWN DETAIL A SHEET 2 PLACEMENT SHOULD BE VISIBLE NEXT TO BOX GROUND STUD AT BASE OF COMPARTMENT ROUTE WIRES TERMINALS OF 521 CABLE ITEM 5 THROUGH DC OUTPUT HOLE OF POWER ADAPTER BOX AND APPLY PRESSURE TO THE LED UNTIL IT IS LOCKED IN PLACE INSERT RED WIRE INTO PIN 1 OF PA195 CONNECTOR ITEM 39 AND THE WHITE WIRE PIN 2 PLACE TWO H101 INSULATORS ITEM 13 BEHIND REGULATOR ON 223 INTERCONNECT PCA ITEM 1 AND LOOSELY SECURE TO WALL USING NSO NYLON SCREW ITEM 31 USING TWO NW44N WASHERS ITEM 38 AND TWO NSO4N SCREWS ITEM 45 FASTEN THE INTERCONNECT ASSY TO THE STANDOFFS PROVIDED USING A NW40N WASHER ITEM 36 AND A NOO3N HEX NUT ITEM 29 SECURE AW152 GROUND WIRE ITEM 43 TO THREADED INSERT IN THE LINE FILTER CAVITY PORTION OF THE CABINET USING A NW4ON WASHER AND NOO3N HEX NUT SECURE AWI54 GROUND WIRE ITEM 6 TO THREADED INSERT FOUND IN POWER SUPPLY CAVITY REMOVE ANY HARDWARE ON FEED THRU CAPS MOUNTED TO AC520 DC OUTPUT ASSY ITEM 4 AND SET ASIDE FOR LATER USE RUN WIRES RED THRU TOP BLK THRU BOTTOM CONNECTED TO FEED THRU CAPS THROUGH HOLES IN WALL AND SECURE IN PLACE USING PREVIOUSLY REMOV
24. 5 2 Transmitter Module See Figure 3 7 The WSPO2 transmitter module provides connections for the SPO2 probe an optional Respiration pillow sensor a battery compartment to house a 9065 Patient Module 4 1V LI Battery and a Power Indicator a Release 1 Power Indicator Bi color LED Item 1 The Power LED monitors the status of the Patient Module 4 1V LI Battery Flashing Green Indicates the presence of 4 1 Vdc output power from the LI Battery Flashing Red Indicates a battery low condition for the LI Battery RESP Port Item 2 The RESP port provides for the connection of a Belllows pillow sensor for taking patient respiration measurements SPO2 Connection Item 3 The SPO2 port provides for the connection of an SPO2 probe for taking patient SPO2 measurements Battery Compartment Item 4 The battery compartment located on the back of the WSPO2 module holds one rechargeable Patient Module 4 1 LI Battery OPERATION 3 7 P N 9568 3160 SERVICE MANUAL RearV iw FxontV iw Figure 3 8 AS201 Power Adapter 3 2 9 AS201 Power Adapter See Figure 3 8 The following is a description of the AS201 AC Power Adapter s connections controls and indicators a Ground Terminal Item 1 The external Ground Terminal provides a readily accessible circuit ground connection for the AS201 b AC INPUT Line Filter Item 2 The HE98 line filter contains the FU12 1 5A 250 f
25. 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 Q0 3160 SERVICE MANUAL Press the Rotary Knob to select lead II If Dual Lead ECG is installed perform the following a Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the TRACE B LEAD menu selection b Press the Rotary Knob to select TRACE B LEAD c Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the OFF menu selection d Press the Rotary Knob to select OFF Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the FILTER MODE menu selection Press the Rotary Knob to bring up the FILTER MODE Menu Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the MON menu selection Press the Rotary Knob to select MON Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the SCALE menu selection Press the Rotary Knob to bring up the SCALE Menu Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the 10 mm mV menu selection Press the Rotary Knob to select 10 mm mV Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the HR TONE SRCE menu selection Press the Rotary Knob to bring up the HR TONE SRCE Menu Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the QRS menu selection Press the Rotary Knob to select QRS Press the NORMAL SCREEN Control Key d Verify the following 1 2 3 4 A shows waveform train of moving ORS pulses without jittering Trace A numerics indicate an ECG count of 60 1 BPM The QRS Symbol flashing heart is present QRS Heart Rate Tone is present with NO double tones Set the Patient Simulator to output a 2 mV
26. AND ALIGN HOLES OF THERMAL PAD TO BRACKET APPLY 1 INCH M223C THERMAL PAD ITEM 23 TO LOWER HEAT SINK ON HE118 POWER SUPPLY PCA ITEM 11 ORIENT POWER SUPPLY PCA TO POWER ADAPTER BRACKET SECURE POWER SUPPLY PCA TO BRACKET USING TWO NW44N SPLIT LOCK WASHERS AND TWO NS26N SCREWS ITEM 32 ORIENT TWO 552 NYLON SCREWS ITEM 33 WITH NW21 NYLON WASHER ITEM 35 FOR INSERTION INTO THE POWER SUPPLY BRACKET SECURE TO HEAT SINK ON POWER SUPPLY PCA USING NW21 NYLON WASHER AND NO28 NYLON HEX NUT ITEM 30 ORIENT POWER SUPPLY BRACKET POWER SUPPLY PCA ASSEMBLY SUCH THAT THE BOTTOM OF THE BRACKET MOUNTED TO THE CABINET 15 UPRIGHT APPLY 014 HEAT SINK THERMAL COTE ITEM 44 TO THE ENTIRE BOTTOM SURFACE OF THE BRACKET ORIENT ASSEMBLY TO CABINET BRACKET TOWARDS INTERIOR WALL POSTS AND SECURE IN PLACE USING FOUR NW43N SPLIT LOC WASHERS ITEM 37 AND FOUR NOOIN HEX NUTS ITEM 27 FASTEN 520 CONNECTOR TO J2 ON POWER SUPPLY PCA FASTEN AWIS4 GROUND WIRE TO GROUND CLIP ON SECURE CONNECTOR FROM TOROIDAL CORE TO J1 ON POWER SUPPLY INSTALL HE16 BINDING POST ITEM 12 TO CABINET USING HARDWARE PROVIDED WITH POST USE LOCTITE SPARINGLY ROUTE TO INSPECTION ROUTE TO TEST FOR ALIGNMENT ORIENT HM87B POWER ADAPTER COVER AND INSTALL HM87B POWER ADAPTER COVER ITEM 15 AND INSTALL H158 AND H159 RF PANEL STRIP GASKETS ITEM 8 AND ITEM 9 RESPECTIVELY PER PRINT ATTACH H155 EMI U CHANNEL GASKET I
27. DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING 11 Prot tt tof t 1978729 co UNO TVONVW HOLASIHS 0916 8956 N d SONIMV UG AONVNALNIVW 2583123 ta en ITEM 64 12158 SERIES OVERLAY PCU 3160 OPTIONS NOTES 1 USE FIXTURE 220 TO PROPERLY ALIGN BATTERY PCBS 2 USE FIXTURE TFO221 TO PROPERLY ALIGN POLE WITH RESPECT TO CASTER BASE 3 APPLY 007 RED LOCTITE ITEM 40 REFERENCE ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTION AI107 REFERENCE INTERCONNECTION DIAGRAM 1908102 ETCO2 GAS ANESTH AGENTS TEMPERTURE ww uem paa 3160 12 1 121584 X X L2158A x x 121588 x x X 121588 x X X L2158C X X X X L2158C x x x x 121580 x x x 121580 x X x 12158 x x 12158 x x x 121584 x x 121588 x NETWORK 10 1 3160WPU 1 1 REF DES PART NO ary DESCRIPTION 68 12199 1 LABEL RADIO NETWORK 10 1 3160 NETWORK 10 2 3160WPU 1 2 TIEM REF 085 on DESCRIPTION 68 12194 1 LABEL RADIO NETWORK 10 2 3160 NETWORK 10 3 3160WPU 1 3 TIEM REF OES PART N 01 DESCRIPTION 68 121998 1 LABEL RADIO NETWORK 10 3 3160 NETWORK 10 4 3160WPU 1 4 TIEM REF OES on DESCRIPTION 68 12199 1 LABEL RADIO NETWORK 10 4 3160 NETWORK 5 3160WPU 1 5 TTEM REF 16 PART N on DESCRIPTION 68 121990 LABEL RADIO NE
28. I Installation and Checkout 2 1 Connecting the Monitor to Power 2 1 Monitor Mounting 2 1 Operational Checkout Procedure 2 3 Preinstallation 2 7 Preparing the 3160 Series MRI Physiological Monitoring System for Use 2 1 Turning the Monitor On 2 2 Introduction 7 1 Contact Us 1 6 General Description 7 1 Display Control Unit 1 7 Patient Connection Unit System Parameters 7 2 User Interface 2 Versatility 1 2 Wireless ECG Module 7 1 Wireless Processing Unit 7 7 Wireless SPO2 Module 7 2 How to Use This Manual 7 4 Depot Repair 6 INDEX Index 1 Field Service Replacement 7 4 Major Assemblies 7 2 Display Control Unit 7 3 Patient Connection Unit 2 Monitoring 1 3 Operating Environment 7 2 Wireless Processor Unit 7 2 Battery Operation 7 2 Operating Environment 2 Power Supply 1 2 Wireless Monitoring Capability 1 3 ECG Monitoring 1 3 Battery Life 7 4 Compatability 1 4 Visual Indicators 4 5 2 and Respiration Monitoring 1 4 SpO2 and Respiration Monitoring Battery Life 4 Visual Indicators 1 4 L List of Symbols 4 1 M Maintenance 7 1 Assembly Disassembly Procedures 7 13 3160 Monitor Disassembly Reassembly 7 13 AS215 WPU Removal Replacement 7 14 AS216 PCU Removal Replacement 7 13 AS217 DCU Removal Replacement 7 13 AS201 FUI2 AC Fuse Removal Replacement 7 76 AS201 Power Adapter Removal Replacement 7 16 DCU EMI Gasket Remo
29. Press the lt gt key to select ZERO CAL Place your finger over the EtCO2 Zero Port on the bottom panel of the PCU and verify a definite change in the speed of the pump motor Remove your finger from the EtCO2 Zero Port Place your finger over the EtCO2 Waste Gas Port on the WPU rear panel and verify a definite change in the speed of the pump motor Remove your finger from the EtCO2 Waste Gas Port Connect Flow Meter to the GAS EtCO2 port on the water trap and verify an air flow of 80 ml 16 ml Disconnect the Flow Meter Span Calibration Test Perform the Span Calibration Test as follows Connect the aerosol CAL GAS can Invivo Part Number 9010F to the GAS EtCO2 port on the water trap Simulate a breathing pattern by pressing and releasing the nozzle of the can and verify the following a EtCO2 76 3 mmHg b A waveform appears in the EtCO2 Trace area NOTE This CO2 reading varies according to altitude The above reading indicates the expected CO2 value to be observed when conducting this test on a monitor located at sea level or 0 altitude See Appendix F for a barometric pressure graph G Disconnect the Calibration Gas can from the monitor Agents Verification with EtCO2 If Anesthetic Agents Option is installed Perform the following to verify proper operation of the EtCO2 and Agents systems a b Setup the WPU for operation in the Keyboard Navigation Nav mod
30. c 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 SPAN CAL AB251A EtCO2 Bench When the EtCO2 option is installed selecting this menu option will bring up a Password Entry Box Figure 3 19 requiring a five 5 digit service code to access the WPU EtCO2 SPAN CAL Menu Figure 3 21 This menu contains Gas Sensor Calibration settings which are used for EtCO2 Bench field adjustment purposes STORE F gr T T Figure 3 21 WPU EtCO2 SPAN CAL Menu d O2 CAL Agents Option Only Selecting this menu option will cause the monitor to perform a one 1 minute calibration of the O2 Sensor During calibration the PCU s patient GAS Input Port must not be connected to an oxygen source NOTE When the EtCO2 parameter is turned on the O2 sensor is automatically calibrated during initial warmup of the Agent EtCO2 module During this time the PCU s patient GAS Input Port see Page 3 5 paragraph 3 2 6 item c must not be connected to an oxygen source as the monitor requires 20 9 oxygen room air for proper O2 initial calibration Release 1 e f g O2 INIT CAL Agents Option Only Selecting this menu option will cause the monitor to perform a two 2 minute calibration of the O2 Sensor This calibration should be performed after every replacement of the O2 Sensor GAS MONITOR Gas Option Only Selecting this menu option brings up the WPU Gas Monitor Screen Figure 3 22 This box contains Gas Sensor Calibr
31. 08 19 BER 5 EU _ HA M Sees g ES B 374 APRES D E OMM P7 c96 0511 c62 aUi 1 Pray ra piel HH 55 05 amp m 63 HUHH 1 0 AUDIOGND Figure H 6 AB213 Power Board Component Location Diagram H 4 COMPONENT LOCATION DIAGRAMS Release 1 Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 APPENDIX I PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHART 1 0 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHART Introduction Table I 1 is preventive maintenance chart that can be used as an aid in performing routine preventive maintenance tasks see Section 7 on the monitor The maintenance technician may remove and or photocopy the chart on the following page and use it to help schedule and keep track of these activities 12 Instructions for Use The header information MONITOR S N INSTALLATION DATE 2 1 current service year should first be filled in by the technician Month row at the top of the chart should be filled in next with the first empty block corresponding to the month the monitor was installed at the hospital clinic or medical facility The first three letters of each month can be used to abbreviate the entries in this row e g Jan Feb Mar Apr etc Each maintenance UTask referenced to Section 7 Page 7 2 paragraph 7 3 by applicable subparagraph
32. 119 Cirronet P N WIT2450 radio transceivers can programmed and or reprogrammed to accommodate various communications setup configurations for the 3160 monitor s WPU and DCU units This section provides setup information and specific instructions to program the radio transceivers for operation in the various system configurations The WPU and DCU should be programmed separately to the radio parameters indicated for each unit in the following procedures 82 Required Test Equipment The following test equipment is required to program the HE119 radio transceivers for use in the 3160 monitors 3160 monitor with 119 radio transceivers installed pc compatible 101 key keyboard with standard connector Standard to PS2 cable adapter attached IBM pc compatible VGA SVGA monitor optional for DCU programming 8 3 Setup Perform the following steps to prepare the HE119 radio transceivers installed in the 3160 monitor s WPU and DCU for receiving programming instructions see AS201 Power W PU orDCU Adapter AC W allOutlet a Detach the DCU from the MRI pole Attach the keyboard cable and adapter cable if necessary to the keyboard connector located on the unit to be programmed WPU or DCU Attach the monitor cable to the video connector located on the unit optional connection for DCU DC OUTPUT CONNECTOR Line Cow Pow erReceptacle Figure 8 1 Radio Programming Setup Release 1 R
33. 2 Press the Rotary Knob 3 Use the Rotary Knob to highlight the various Volume settings pressing the knob at each one to verify that the volume level changes 4 Use the Rotary Knob to highlight 4 5 Press the Rotary Knob 6 Scroll to the DONE menu selection and press the Rotary Knob Verify and adjust the Click Tone Volume as follows 1 Use the Rotary Knob to highlight the CLICK TONE menu selection 2 Press the Rotary Knob and verify click tone 15 set to ON then highlight and select the RETURN menu selection 3 Use the Rotary Knob to highlight the CLICK VOLUME menu selection 4 Press the Rotary Knob 5 Use the Rotary Knob to highlight the various Volume settings pressing the knob at each one to verify that the volume level changes 6 Use the Rotary Knob to highlight 4 7 Press the Rotary Knob 8 Scroll to the DONE menu selection and press the Rotary Knob Exit by pressing the NORMAL SCREEN Control Key 5 4 6 Time Set Verification Perform the following procedure to verify and adjust the Time Setting of this monitor a b Release 1 Press the SETUP Control Key Use the Rotary Knob to highlight the SET TIME menu selection Press the Rotary Knob to select the SET TIME Menu Verify the 12 and 24 hour clocks as follows 1 Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the FORMAT menu selection 2 Press the Rotary Knob to select FORMAT 3 Turn the Rotary Knob to toggle the clock from 24
34. 5002 3e Beg acca amarae ee wr 11 197871 UNO 8956 TVONVW HOIASIHS 0916 wiOAIAU 2502123 SONIM VIG AONVNALNIVW CE wiOAIAU TVONVW HOLASIHS 0916 22 4 38 BLACK A 6 27 4 38 RED A TO A BLACK TO RA WHITE TO A RED TO LA BLACK 9 RA WHITE RL GREEN is LL RED T 1 LA BLACK TO LL RED 22 4047 4 38 26 GAGE 19 X 38 BLACK UL 1429 Ed DETAIL TO RL GREEN 21 WOSB 3826 GAGE 19 X 38 RED UL 1429 20 49 4 SCR 42 56 X 1 4 LG PHMS XR NM NOT SHOWN 18 050 A R ADHESIVE LOCTITE 425 BLU ASSUR A REX 3 1 Eo NOT SHOIN 18 MO20 A R ADHESIVE LOCTITE TOUGHENED 411 A BLACK 3 17 L131 REF LABEL 10 COMPUTER PRINTED mittel 20 16 1 FILLER INSERT FOAM PAT MODULE BLAC 15 M3OTC 1 FILLER INSERT FOAM PAT MODULE VD 65 14 M3078 1 FILLER INSERT FOAM BOT PAT MODULE lt 6s 12 M3OTA 1 0 SHIPPING 8 0015 00X3 00 GREEN 11 L2170 1 LABEL SYS NETWORK WECG WSPO2 4 10 1218 1 LABEL BATT STATUS WECG WSPO2 9 L2161 1 LABEL MODEL SERIAL NO WECG 8 HMB9E 1 BLOCK 4 LEAD WECG MOL
35. AONVNALNIVW 2583123 HETI8 L an 25188 UM TO PA249A 1TEM 40 WIS 010 it ANGLES 1 DRAWN DESIGNED FJK CHECKED APPROVED glr19 SL PROUECTLON DInvivo 12601 RESEARCH PARKWAY ORLANDO FL 32826 USA ASSEMBLY AS201 ASSY POWER ADAPTER MRI DIT SCALE TAS ORANTNG 111 Tub CAD SCALE 141 3045 wc 10 1958063 EN UE TVONVW HOIASIHS 0916 8956 N d 2502123 8 2X 2x b 25 SDNIMV G AONVNALNIVW 25 4 36 INSIDE COVER LET CE TOLERANCES MAE oue Mt DESIGNED FJK CHECKED ANGLES 1 appRoveD 108 15 CONFIDENTIAL MO PROPRIETARY AWD 15 THE SOLE CORPORATION 17 15 NOT TO BE DISCLOSED 10 ANY USED ANY OMER W TOUT WRI TIEN INVI VO CORPORATION MAINTAINS THE RIGHT CIFLOATIONS AT ANY TINE WITHOUT PRIOR NOTICE O 12601 RESEARCH PARKWAY ORLANDO FL 32826 USA DInvivo TITE ASSEMBLY AS201 ASSY POWER ADAPTER MRI Tam 20 SCALE SHEET 096 WO REV GO NOT SCALE THIS ru 1 1
36. 3 10 1 ors 3 10 28 PME MP 3 19 THEORY OF OPERATION 0 4 1 41 qiie 4 1 42 va R RE A eee 4 1 4 3 ESA UU 4 3 44 HEII9 WII245V Radio Transceiver EXER 4 3 5 0 CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES ecce ee ee 5 1 5 1 DEGREE Lo opp ea 5 52 Test Equipment 5 59 Power Adapter ao i tiun ve P n 5 o co 5 1 SENE PPE UNIES TT 5 2 5 4 2 Power Switch and Power Indicator Verification eee 5 2 543 DBM AR icc joo mersis esse tas ies anas kreiss 5 3 SA4 Control Ui coe 5 3 5 4 5 Sound System Verification and Adjustment 5 6 od Time Aii sass 5 7 347 Recall Setups s esed assess eh paa kt aues ut ch ad 5 8 Cold 5 9 SA9 Recorder 5 9 5 5 5 11 mod 5 11 252 Power Switch and Status Indicator Verification essere tni nies 5 11 5 5 3 Invasive Blood Pressure tpa SEP FLY or prede RR 5 12 55 EU VU e 5 13 di
37. 5 CO2 x 12 100 5 CO2 x 0 12 Applying the same formulas presented in bold print above a monitor located at an altitude of 1 000 feet A 1 000 for example should display a 5 CO2 reading of 37 4 mmHg See Appendix for a barometric pressure graph Fiber Optic Temperature Verification If the F O Temperature option is installed Perform the following to verify proper operation of the Temperature system 5 34 a On the DCU setup up the Temperature system as follows 1 Press the SETUP Control Key 2 Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the PARAMETER SELECTION menu selection 3 Press the Rotary Knob to select PARAMETER SELECTION CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES Release 1 Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 4 Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the TEMP menu selection 5 Press the Rotary Knob to select TEMP 6 Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the TEMP ON parameter selection 7 Press the Rotary Knob to select TEMP ON 8 Press the NORMAL SCREEN Control Key 9 Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the TEMP parameter icon 10 Press the Rotary Knob to select TEMP 11 Tum the Rotary Knob to highlight the UNIT parameter selection 12 Press the Rotary Knob to select UNIT 13 Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the C parameter selection 14 Press the Rotary Knob to select 9C 15 Press the NORMAL SCREEN Control Key Connect the following fully calibrated Fiber Optic temp
38. 5 36 3160 SERVICE MANUAL Description AGENTS AGENTS HALO AGENTS BLOCKED AGENTS DES AGENTS GND 1 CO2 REF AGENTS REF CO2 AGENTS ISO THERMISTOR AGENTS SEVO AGENTS SOURCE AGENTS BD TEMP Displayed Value 7 25000 to 5 00000 7 95000 to 4 95000 8 00000 to 5 95000 6 50000 to 4 00000 9 09000 0 1 5 50000 to 1 50000 6 00000 to 4 00000 6 00000 to 2 75000 6 50000 to 5 00000 7 70000 0 4 7 25000 to 4 75000 4 50000 to 6 00000 4 50000 0 6 Invivo Press the lt Down Arrow gt key to scroll to the end of the Monitor Calibration listings and highlight the SHUT DOWN menu selection Press the lt Enter gt key to select SHUT DOWN Verify that the screen blanks Set the PCU Power Switch to the OFF 6 position CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES Release 1 Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 SECTION 6 ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES 6 0 ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES 6 1 Introduction The recommended preventive maintenance intervals for 3160 monitor are provided in Section 7 of this manual However any time repairs are made options are installed or the monitor fails the Calibration and Verification Procedure the monitor should be readjusted When power to the monitor is removed a warm up period of at least 25 minutes should elapse after power is reapplied to the unit prior to performing any of the adjustment procedures provided in this section
39. AirTube FU39Fuse a nati OptionalConnection Number of Cables Conductors Tubes 5A 32V Display Asynchronous data bus i Receiver Xmtr Procossing 9064 UART DP Batteries 14 4V RESP Parameter Functional Block Diagram 3160 Series Physiological Monitor 8956 TVONVW HOIASIHS 0916 wiOAIAU 2502123 SONIM VIG AONVNALNIVW SIL DETAIL A 3160 WITHOUT SHIPPING CARTONS NOTES 1 REFER TO 3160WPU DRAWING 1978718 AND 31600CU DRAWING 1978717 FOR OPTIONS ACCESSORIES AND PACKAGING e OPEN OTHER SIDE OPEN OTHER SIDE ENSURE THAT ANY CHANGES TO 3160DCU 3160DCU OPTIONS OR 3160WPU 3160WPU OPTIONS ARE ALSO COMPLETED IN MAPICS FOR 3160 3160 OPTIONS 2 3160DCU 1 DISPLAY CONTROL UNIT DCU 3160 1 3160WPU 1 WIRELESS PROCESSING UNIT WPU 3160 LTEM REF DES PART NO Qr DESCRIPTION LSS ORENSE SPECIFIED ow 1016 DESIGNED KWV IOCIS DInvivo B PER 11305 EAR BOJANOG 5 00 RELEASED amp 11072FJK LES 1 aproven DESCRIPTION BY DATE 10 THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION 12601 RESEARCH PARKWAY ORLANDO FL 32826 USA ASSEMBLY 3160 NRI COVPATIBLE PATIENT MONITOR SYSTEM 3160 REV SCALE SET JOWG NO
40. Readings are displayed in the AGENTS icon Agent Reading A G Desflurane 5 A G Sevoflurane E 5 G Isoflurane 5 ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES Release 1 Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 Agent Reading A G Halothane 5 Enflurane If the above reading is incorrect on monitor perform following steps a Press the Down Arrow gt key until the value displayed on the monitor matches the above Reading This adjustment is performed in real time NOTE The low pressure calibration reservoir must remain filled to a capacity of gt 10 total volume to ensure sufficient gas flow and concentration accuracy for span calibration b Press the Enter key to set the new SPAN CAL value c Press the Down Arrow key to highlight the STORE menu selection d Press the lt gt key to save the new setting 25 2 20 Calibration Confirm the reading below that is applicable to the gas currently being calibrated Readings are displayed at the indicated screen locations Gas Reading Location EtCO2 icon Upper Value Carbon Dioxide Nitrous Oxide Lower Value Release 1 ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES 6 7 6 8 blank P N 9568 3160 SERVICE MANUAL NOTE This reading is expressed in units of mmHg on the display and varies according to altitude Since the concentration of CO2 gas in the span cal gas ca
41. Verify the following a OFFSET PRESS 209 2 b PRESS READING 200 2 Set the Pressure Tester for 284 mmHg Verify maximum pressure as follows a OFFSET PRESS 293 2 b PRESS READING 284 2 Release the pressure and disconnect the Pressure Tester from the Sense Port Press the lt Esc gt key to display the Normal Screen CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES Release 1 Invivo ga Release 1 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 Reset the dump valve by repeating step c above Connect Pressure Tester Deadweight or Manometer to the NIBP Inflate Port located beneath the ECG connector on the PCU Secondary Transducer Range and Accuracy Test Perform the Secondary Pressure Transducer Range and Accuracy Test as follows 1 Set the Pressure Tester for 200 mmHg 2 Verify the following a OFFSET PRESS 210 2 b PRESS READING 200 2 3 Set the Pressure Tester for 150 mmHg 4 Verify the following a OFFSET PRESS 160 2 b PRESS READING 150 2 5 Set the Pressure Tester for 100 mmHg 6 Verify the following a OFFSET PRESS 110 1 b PRESS READING 100 1 7 Set the Pressure Tester for 50 mmHg 8 Verify the following a OFFSET PRESS 60 1 b PRESS READING 50 1 9 Set the Pressure Tester for 0 mmHg 10 Verify the following a OFFSET PRESS 10 5 b PRESS READING 0 41 11 Pressure Tester for 50 mmHg
42. 2 3 Preparing 3160 Series MRI Physiological Monitoring System for Use Perform the following steps to prepare the monitor for use a Ensure that you have read the PRECAUTIONS and USER RESPONSIBILITY data in the front section of this manual This information see Pages xii and xviii respectively applies to any circumstance in which the biomedical field technician is performing maintenance tasks corrective or preventive on the monitor b Ensure that there are no cracks in the monitor case or display Ensure that all patient connections intact d Ensure that all patient cables meet manufacturers recommended condition for patient use Visually inspect for breaks cracks and or fraying Report any problems to Invivo or an authorized Invivo Service Representative see Section 1 Page 1 6 paragraph 1 5 24 Connecting the Monitor to Power Perform the following procedure to connect the 3160 monitor to Power see Figure 2 1 AS201 Power WPU Adapter DC OUTPUT CONNECTOR Power Receptacle AC Wall Outlet Figure 2 1 Monitor Setup a Ensure that the detachable DCU unit is securely seated into the retaining slot at the top of the MRI pole see Section 1 Figure 1 1 and the Power Switches on the PCU see Section 3 Figure 3 5 and DCU see Section 5 Figure 5 1 are initially set to the OFF 0 position Release 1 INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT 2 P N 9568 3160 SERVICE MANUAL
43. 4045 1958063 F UNO wiOAIAU TVONVW HOLASIHS 0916 8956 N d 8cf SONIMV UG AONVNALNIVW 2583123 WARNING o KEEP 10 FT 3 METERS AWAY FROM MAGNET ADAPTER IS MAGNETIC AND CAN BE PULLED INTO THE MRI MAGNET MOUNT TO HORIZONAL SURFACE USING VELCRO STRIPS 1 1 06 3X 1 06 BOTH SIDES WARNING KEEP 10 3 METERS AWAY FROM MAGNET ADAPTER IS MAGNETIC AND CAN BE PULLED INTO THE MRI MAGNET MOUNT TO HORIZONAL SURFACE USING VELCRO STRIPS 8956 TVONVW HOIASIHS 0916 LEET VAS pan FJK WM 2 o JAM Invivo ome cecen 12601 RESEARCH PARKMAY ORLANDO FL 32826 USA mun 84 0 ASSEMBLY 5201 T ORI PE PUES a 1 NA lt ASSY POWER ADAPTER MRI USED 11 CAD SCALE SKEET DWG NO REV ug IV EL ES KGE tet Sof 5 1958063 F wiOAIAU Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 REFERENCES NOTE A list of reference documents is presented below in the order in which they are cited in the body of this manual followed by the page number associated with the first occurrence of each reference Document Title Page 31
44. 9064 Batteries Board Universal Asynchronous Receiver Xmtr UART 3 3 3V 5V 12V 08 SeeNote 2 AB211 Externall O Board Converter Universal Asynchronous Receiver Xmtr UART 119 Transceiver WIT2450 9 Antenna 8 bit data bus Display Processing DP Agents Parameter Functional Block Diagram 3160 Series Physiological Monitor TVONVW HOLASIHS 0916 8956 N d cr PI DI Input Port P2 D2 Input Port From SONIMV UG AONVNALNIVW AS219 PatientConnectionUnit PCU AS226 IBPAssembly 1 AS215 1 WPU Electronics Assembly AS201 PowerAdapter Digital Signal I L TP 4 LI 1 AB211 1 External H VO Board H Digital Signal Processing DSP Zu Driver Waveform Processing Universal WP Asynchronous wp Receiver Xmtr UART 247 248 PowerBoard 150 IBPAnalogBoard 3 3V 1 A D 1 Converter Analog Signals CPLD 1 IBPConnector AdapterBoard 1 A D 1 Converter 1 i 18V 1 7A 3 6A VA 3 12V SystemPower FU39 Fuse 4 5A 32V 119 Transceiver WIT2450
45. ANY MANER WRITTEN CONSENT INVI VO CORPORATION MAINTAINS T THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION ASSEMBLY AS215 ASSY WRLSS PROC UNI T WPU 3160 SCALE SET JOWG NO REV DO NOT SCALE THIS ORAWING 11 NONE 1 of 6 1958102 C UNO 8956 TVONVW HOIASIHS 0916 wiOAIAU 1 2583123 SONIM VG AONVNALNIVW wiOAIAU TVONVW HOLASIHS 0916 WIS MSI SCIFI praen EAR 1 s KWV 8 DInvivo P emm 12601 RESEARCH PARKWAY ORLANDO FL 32826 USA 4 A ASSEMBLY 5215 T 0ENTIAL 40 PROPRIETARY UD SE 27 277 ASSY WRLSS PROC UNLT WPU 3160 pa A tom wu _ 00 SORE TEES ER es sts M Mt TE WMO MIGA MUS SAE TAS amwe 111 ng NONE 2 of 6 1958102 C 8956 N d SONIMV UG AONVNALNIVW 2583123 8956 TVONVW HOIASIHS 0916 I naw ELT s KWV Invivo can 1 12601 RESEARCH PARKWAY ORLANDO FL 32826 USA UI 4 fA ASSEMBLY AS215 JUDI PROPRIETARY 15 16 SOLE sace A DITE O IS TE SOE Y L ASSY WRLSS PROC UNI T WPU 3160 RT 1 Do SO
46. APPENDIX B REPAIR B 0 REPAIR All repairs on products under warranty must be performed by Invivo personnel or an authorized Invivo Service and Repair Center Unauthorized repairs will void the warranty see Appendix C for specific warranty information If a monitor fails to function properly or requires maintenance beyond the scope of the troubleshooting procedures contained in Section9 of this manual contact Invivo Technical Service see Section 1 Page 1 6 paragraph 1 5 Invivo Technical Service will advise you of the corrective action s required If you are advised to return the monitor or any portion of it to Invivo for repair please do the following 1 Obtain a Return Authorization Number This will ensure proper routing and facilitate timely repair of your monitor 2 Remove batteries and package the monitor with adequate protection If available use the original carton and packing materials in which the monitor was shipped from Invivo 3 Include a brief description of the problem as well as the name address and phone number of the person to be contacted for additional information 4 Provide a purchase order via FAX to Invivo Technical Service if your monitor is out of warranty Invivo Technical Service can advise you of your monitor s warranty status if need be Repairs will be made at Invivo s current flat rate charge 5 Ship the monitor transportation prepaid to the location specified by your Invivo Technical Servi
47. ECG Neonate Sensitivity Verification Trace B 5 19 EtCO2 Verification 5 29 CO2 Occlusion Test 5 29 Pump Air Flow Test 5 29 Span Calibration Test 5 30 Fiber Optic Temperature Verification 5 34 NIBP Verification 5 21 Calibration Error Test 5 25 Leak Time Out Test 5 25 NIBP Calibration Test 5 27 Normal Blood Pressure Test 5 26 Pneumatic Leak Test 5 25 Primary Transducer Over Pressure Test 5 24 Primary Transducer Range and Accuracy Test 5 21 Secondary Transducer Over Pressure Test 5 24 Secondary Transducer Range and Accuracy Test 5 23 Respiration Verification 5 20 Setup Pretest Inspection 5 3 SPO2 Verification 5 28 Release 1 NIBP START STOP 5 5 NIBP STAT 5 5 NORMAL SCREEN 5 6 RECORD 5 5 RECORDER SETUP 5 4 SETUP 5 4 STANDBY 5 6 TRENDS 5 5 ZERO ALL 5 4 Rotary Knob Verification 5 3 Display Verification 5 3 Power Switch and Power Indicator Verification 5 2 Recorder Verification 5 9 Setup Pretest Inspection 5 2 Sound System Verification and Adjustment 5 6 Store and Recall Setups Verification 5 8 Time Set Verification 5 7 PCU Verification 5 11 Invasive Blood Pressure Verification 5 12 Power Switch and Status Indicator Verification 5 117 Setup Pretest Inspection 5 Power Adapter Verification 5 1 Required Test Equipment 5 WPU Verification 5 13 Agents Verification 5 30 Component Location Diagrams 1 Component Index 1
48. Frequency Hopping Spread Spec trum 4 3 Glossary 1 G 3160 SERVICE MANUAL Fuse a protective device that is designed to melt or blow when a specified amount of current is passed through it 3 G GigaHertz GHz 1 000 000 000 Hertz 1 1 H Halothane HAL a nonflammable haloge nated hydrocarbon anesthetic that provides relatively rapid induction with little or no ex citement 5 33 I ID Identification 4 7 Industrial Scientific and Medical ISM Band a part ofthe radio spectrum that can be used by anybody without a license in most countries 4 3 Isoflurane ISO a stable non explosive in halation anesthetic relatively free from sig nificant side effects 5 33 K Kilobytes per second kbps 1 000 bps 4 5 L Light Emitting Diode LED a semiconduc tor diode that emits light when a voltage is applied to it and that is used in an electronic display 1 4 M Manometer an instrument as a pressure gauge for measuring the pressure of gases and vapors 5 21 Mean a value that is computed by dividing the sum of a set of terms by the number of terms 5 26 Megahertz MHz 1 000 000 Hertz 4 5 Milliwatt mW 0 001 watt 4 5 MR Magnetic Resonance 4 Glossary 2 GLOSSARY Invivo MRI MR Imaging N Nitrous Oxide 20 a colorless gas that when inhaled produces loss of sensibility to pain preceded by exhilaration and
49. LABEL PRINTER DOOR LT GRAY 135 1519844 4 SCR 44 40 X 5 16 LG PHMS XR SS NM 73 HMSOAM 1 BRKT USB SUPPORT WPU DCU 3160 12 ACAT3 1 CABLE RIBBON 40P 025 CTRS 9 0016 134 NWS9NM 4 WSHR FLT 266X 563 056 55 NM 72 HM90AH 1 BRKT HOLD DOWN 3160 11 A8244 1 PCA RADIO ADAPTER DCU 3150 133 NS194NM 4 SCR 1 4 20 X 75 LG HEX SS NM n HM9OAG 0 COVER PRINTER HOLE DCU 3160 10 18242 1 POWER SHOE DCU 3160 31600142 132 881488 2 SCR 42 56 X 7 16 LG PHMS XR NM 70 HM90AF O BRKT PRINTER COVER DCU 3160 3 AB241 1 PCA AR42 RECORDER INTERFACE DCU 3160 na TU 131 NS154N 1 CR 1 4 20 X 3 8LG PHMS XR NM 69 HMgOAA2 2 BRKT SCREEN HRZNTL DCU 3160 8 A8240 1 PCA COUPLER DCU 3160 19 1 BRKT PRINTER COVER OU 3160 130 NOOSN 1 NUT HEX 1 4 20 SS 68 HN9OAA 2 BRKT SCREEN VERT DCU 3160 T 18238 1 COMM PORT 3160 UG 1 RES PRINTERE 001160 129 50 ADHESIVE LOCTITE 425 BLU ASSUR 67 HM90A4 1 GASKET SPEAKER DCU 3160 6 48233 1 PCA 12 00 DSPLY ADPTR DCU 3160 128 020 ADHESIVE LOCTITE TOUGHENED 411 66 HM9OA3 1 SCREEN SPEAKER DCU 3160 5 18231 1 USB ADAPTER 3160 127 007 ADHESI VE LOCTITE 262 RED THDLK 65 9042 1 PLATE SPEAKER DCU 3160 4 8228 1 58 MODULE KOOS TECH 3160 126 1014 2 LABEL ACCEPTED 102 64 HM90A1 1 ENCLOSURE SPEAKER 31600CU 3 A8213 1 PCA POWER
50. Press the RECORDER SETUP Control Key 2 Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the SWEEP SPEED menu selection CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES Release 1 Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 3 Press the Rotary Knob to select SWEEP SPEED 4 Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the 25 mm s menu selection 5 Press the Rotary Knob to select 25 mm s k Press the NORMAL SCREEN Control Key Disconnect Patient Simulator from PCU 5 5 PCU Verification Perform the following procedure to verify the proper operation of the AS219 PCU Assembly 5 5 1 Setup Pretest Inspection Perform the following to prepare the AS219 PCU for calibration and verification a Connect the monitor to power perform Section 2 Page 2 1 paragraph 2 4 with power from the AS201 Power Adapter connected to the WPU and WPU DCU batteries installed b Inspect the PCU assembly for any external damage 1 dents cracks loose or broken connectors hardware and legible panel stenciling 5 5 2 Power Switch and Status Indicator Verification Perform the following procedure to verify proper operation of the Power Switch and Status Indicator a PCU Status Indicator flashes green to indicate the presence of 18 Vdc output power from the AS201 Power Adapter b Set the Power Switches on the PCU and DCU to the ON position the monitor powers up The PCU Status Indicator illuminates solid green to indicate that the uni
51. Respiration Test Equipment 7 2 Software Installation 7 3 Program Update Upgrade 7 3 DCU Program Recovery 7 6 DCU Program Update 7 3 WPU Program Recovery 7 10 WPU Program Update 7 7 Maintenance Drawings J Drawing Index J Operation 3 1 Controls and Indicators 3 1 AS201 Power Adapter 3 8 AC INPUT Line Filter 3 8 DC Output Connector 3 8 DC OUTPUT Indicator 3 8 Ground Terminal 3 6 DCU Front Panel 3 DCU Rear Panel 3 2 Battery Release Buttons 3 2 DC Fuse 3 2 DC Power Port 3 2 Keyboard Connection 3 2 RS 232 Serial Connection 3 2 USB Programming Port 3 2 VGA Monitor Connection 3 2 DCU Side Panel 3 3 Battery Compartments 3 3 Recorder Unit 3 3 PCU Front Panel 3 5 EtCO2 Zero Connection 3 5 Gas Input Port and Water Trap 3 5 NIBP Ports 3 5 P1 D1 and P2 D2 IBP Connections 3 5 Power Indicator 3 5 Release 1 Invivo Power Switch 3 6 Temperature Connector 3 6 WECG Transmitter Module 3 6 Battery Compartment 3 6 ECG Connections 3 6 Power Indicator 3 6 WECG WSPO2 Patient Module Battery Charger 3 9 9065 Battery Slot 3 9 AC Adapter Connection 3 9 Battery Charge RGB LEDs 3 9 Battery Discharge Switch 3 9 Charger Power 3 9 WPU Front Panel 3 3 Battery Compartments 3 3 Battery Release Buttons 3 3 WPU Rear Panel 3 4 DC Fuse 3 4 DC Power Port 3 4 Gating Port 3 4 Keyboard Connection 3 4 Oxygen Sensor
52. SCHEMATIC T HM82P1 2 PLUG HOLE PATIENT MODULE 6 HM82G1 2 CONTACT SPRING PATIENT MODULE 5 8282 1 CASE BTM OMIT STRN RLF CHRG SLT 4 HMB2A4 1 CASE TOP OMIT SLT HOLE PATIENT MDL 3 61 1 PIPE LIGHT PNL 125 LG CLEAR 2 AS221 1 JASSY ELECTRONICS WECG 3160 1 9068 1 BATT 3 TV WRLS PAT MODULE 3160 LTEM REF OES PART NO 0 DESCRIPTION DUS EMS S a JWT PICTON TMS 2 C 11329 EAR ax JWT DInvivo PER 1110794 EAR IS0ECO5 A RELEASED 811028 4 50105 ANGLES 1 12601 RESEARCH PARKWAY ORLANDO FL 32826 USA REFERENCE ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS AI103 5 mna REV DESCRIPTION By DATE A ASSEMBLY 9312 183 s IET MO WE SE D MODULE WIRELESS 3160 Ni plat toam was xh pem Dew TE wd SEK TAS 131 1041 1978702 C LIS 8956 N d vet SDNIMV G AONVNALNIVW 2583123 onan AW154 AC520 118 cro Qa 680 le POWER SUPPLY 4 65W 18 3 64 SI yy i8 11 3 NEUTRAL n TURNS 1038 AROUND Air FERRI TE FEED WFEED THROUGH THROUGH CAP CAP GREEN
53. When reprogramming has completed the DCU Program Update Window will change to reflect this as shown in Figure 7 3 When this dialog is displayed turn the DCU off and then remove the USB flash drive from the rear of the unit Release 1 MAINTENANCE 7 5 P N 9568 7 6 3160 SERVICE MANUAL Invivo DCU PROGRAM UPDATE PROGRAM UPDATE COMPLETE Part No Revision Previous Revision X 110 DCUO2 DCUO01 AM114 03 03 TURN OFF THIS DCU THEN REMOVE THE USB DRIVE Figure 7 3 DCU Program Update Window Update Completed 11 Ensure the USB drive has been removed from the DCU and then turn the DCU back on When the Normal Screen is shown press the SETUP Control Key Turn the Rotary Knob until the SERVICE BIO MED item is highlighted then press the knob 12 When the SERVICE BIO MED menu appears turn the Rotary Knob until the SW ID item is highlighted and press the knob once again In the window that is now displayed verify that the DCU contains the expected program elements If so replace the DCU s rear panel cover If not repeat this reprogramming procedure If after repeating this procedure the unit is still not programmed correctly contact Invivo Technical Support for further instructions DCU Program Recovery If the reprogramming of a DCU is interrupted or halted due to the DCU losing power or the removal of the USB program update device it is possible that the unit may no longer function pr
54. b When the programmer types a radio parameter and presses Enter the radio will automatically echo the value just entered on the next line on the computer screen To continue the above example if the programmer types wb1 Enter the next line on the screen will display the following text 1 Enter all required NETWORK COMMANDS as follows BASE REMOTE Command WPU DCU Description wn see Default 0 Default 0 Set Network Number 0 thru 3f notenotenot enotenote wb 1 0 Set Transceiver Mode 1 Base 0 Remote wd 3F 0 Set Default Handle 0 thru 3E 3F Broadcast Mode wg 0 0 Enable Global Network Mode 0 link to wn value 1 link to any pattern wl 0 0 Set Lockout Key wu 0 0 Set Point to Point Direct Mode 0 Multipoint 1 Point to Point 1 Set Transmit Power 1 63mW 18dBm RADIO PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS Release 1 Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 NOTE The HE119 transceivers located in both the WPU and DCU must be set to the same Network Number 1 wn value in order to communicate d Enter all required SERIAL INTERFACE COMMANDS as follows BASE REMOTE Command WPU DCU Description sd 0 OF Set Data Rate OF 28 8Kbps baud sp 12 0 Set Protocol Mode 12 Tx transparent 0 Point to Point transparent Enter all required PROTOCOL COMMANDS as follows BASE REMOTE Command WPU DCU Description ph 90 90 Set Hop Duration 3316 6 712 msec pk N A 09 Set Minimum
55. 1 NEIE Tm 9 1 dd BP OD 9 2 10 0 SPARE PARTS 51 c 10 1 AB LIST OF BV MBO Ge issues eee ease A 1 cT B 1 BA 7 10 7 i a S C 1 DA PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS D 1 E 0 WPU KEYBOARD NAVIGATION E 1 0 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE F 1 G 0 AB213 POWER BOARD ERROR 5 1 G 1 5 9 00 0 0 G 1 SAEI Flon M Eai a aiS G 1 G3 belo Power Board Error Codes as i G 2 H 0 COMPONENT LOCATION DIAGRAMS essessssesessossssossssossoesesocsossoseossssosesesessossssose H 1 APE H 1 10 PREVENTIVE 1 1 L1 T 1 1 iv Release 1 Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 TABLE OF CONTENTS Continued Section Paragraph Title Page L2 l sir ek mns Dor U I 1 J 0 MAINTENANCE DRAWING 0cccscccccccssssvescsccscccccccesescscccsccscsccssessscsscsssscessesesccces J 1 J1
56. 250 mmHg 7 2 1 EtCO2 Test Equipment The following test equipment is only required if the monitor contains the EtCO2 option Calibration Gas see Section 10 for Invivo gas can part numbers Air Flow Meter 0 to 300 mL minute 7 2 2 Agents Test Equipment The following test equipment is only required if the monitor contains the Agents with EtCO2 option Check Gas Canisters see Section 10 for Invivo gas can P N s Span Cal Gas Kits see Section 10 for Invivo gas kit P N s Air Flow Meter 0 to 300 mL minute Release 1 MAINTENANCE 7 1 P N 9568 3160 SERVICE MANUAL Invivo 7 2 3 Fiber Optic Temperature Test Equipment The following equipment is only required if the monitor contains the Fiber Optic F O Temperature option 219 Fiber Optic Temperature Reference Probe FISO P N TRP INVI 21 C 379 Fiber Optic Temperature Reference Probe FISO P N TRP INV1 37 C 43 C Fiber Optic Temperature Reference Probe FISO P N TRP INV1 43 C 7 2 4 Respiration Test Equipment The following test equipment is only required if the monitor contains the Respiration option Pillow Sensor Bellows 7 3 Preventive Maintenance Preventive maintenance procedures are those procedures recommended for performance on a periodic basis in order to minimize equipment failure and prevent unnecessary repairs on the monitor The following subparagraphs describe the various periodic maintenance tasks for the monitor
57. 3 5 RF Hard Wired Link 3 5 RS 232 Serial Connection 3 4 USB Programming Port 3 4 VGA Monitor Connection 3 4 Waste Gas Exhaust Port 3 4 WPU DCU Battery Charger 3 9 WSPO2 Transmitter Module 3 7 Battery Compartment 3 7 Power Indicator 3 7 RESP Port 3 7 SPO2 Connection 3 7 Introduction 3 1 Operating Procedures 3 10 Offline Operation 3 10 Maintenance Access Procedures 3 78 Patient Module Battery Charging Procedures 3 19 Software Installation Procedures 3 78 System Tests 3 10 WPU Service Bio Med Feature 3 10 GAS CAL 3 13 3 21 MONITOR CAL 3 16 NIBP TESTS 3 12 3 21 RETURN 3 16 S W REV 3 10 SIMULATION MODE 3 11 SYSTEM CONFIG 3 17 WPU DCU Battery Charging Procedure 3 18 Online Operation 3 9 Changing the DCU HE119 Network Number 3 22 DCU Service Bio Med Feature 3 19 GAS CAL 3 21 NIBP TESTS 3 21 RETURN 3 22 S W REV 3 20 SIMULATION MODE 3 21 SYSTEM CONFIG 3 22 Release 1 3160 SERVICE MANUAL INDEX Monitor Connection 3 19 MonitorTurn On Procedures 3 19 Operational Quick Checks 3 9 P Preventive Maintenance Chart 7 7 Instructions for Use 1 Introduction 1 1 Product Specifications D 7 R Radio Programming Instructions 8 1 Changing the DCU HE119 Network Number 8 4 Changing the WPU HE119 Network Number 6 4 HE119 Programming for Single DCU Communications 8 2 Introduction 9 1 Required Test Equi
58. 39 L280A 1 LABEL NETWORK IDENTIFIER 38 1212 1 LABEL INFORMATION 3160 31 60DCU 37 L2160 1 LABEL MODEL SERIAL NO 3160 36 L2114 1 LABEL EMBEDDED BIOS LICENSES 35 L014 1 LABEL ACCEPTED Wo 34 1 FITTING 1 16 TUBE CONN PVDF 33 8 138 0 0 VITON 1 16 ID X 1 8 00 HPO9 92 0 TUBING SBR 250 X 125 X 0625 31 2 RACK CABLE PCU 3160 30 ozs 1 COVER REAR PCU 3160 29 1 COVER FRONT PCU 3160 28 4 BRACKET COVER MOUNT WPU 3160 21 1 COVER 3160 26 1 BASE CASTER WPU 3160 25 1 SHIELD BATT WU 3160 24 HM91AH 1 COVER BATT WPU 23 AV91AG 1 BRKT COVER REAR WPU 3160 22 HM91 1 COVER REAR WPU 3160 21 1 MOUNT PCB POLE SHOE 3160 20 HW9OV 1 BRACKET SHOE POLE MT 3160 19 1 POLE SUPPORT 3160 18 HN90K 2 LATCH SPRING BATT DCU WPU 3160 17 1 CABLE MANAGER 3160 16 WWW 1 HANDLE 3160 15 HK26 2 CASTER SWIVEL W LK 4 STEM NM 14 HK25 2 CASTER SWIVEL 4 IN MIO STEM NM 13 weal 2 E RING RETAINING 095 10 12 2 CABLE TIE 4 TY533M H096 2 MOUNT CABLE TIE ADHESIV BACKED 10 16241 1 ASSY BATTERY POWER WPU 3160 9 AS219 1 JASSY CNNCTN UNI T PCU 3160 8 15215 1 ASSY WRLSS PROC UNIT WPU 3160 1 ACST9 1 CAB FIBER OPTIC SC ST TEMP WPU 3160 68 SEE CHART LABEL RA
59. 579 1 STAND QFF HEX M F 84 40 19 BR 25 16541 1 CABLE VGA VIDEO OUTPUT DCU WPU 3160 120 L21010 1 OVERLAY GRAPHICS 3550 DAN 85 542 1 STAND 0FF HEX F F 4 40 X 50 NY 24 AC540A 1 CABLE KEYBOARD PS2 3160 84 HS28AN 4 SCREWLOCK FEM 44 40 X 250 LG NM 23 AC539 1 CABLE USB PORT DCU WPU 3160 83 HM91R6 1 DOOR POWER CONN 5220 WPu 3160 22 40538 1 CABLE FILTER POWER SWITCH DCU 3160 82 HM9OR 1 SLIDE SHOE MOUNT DCU 3160 21 AC537 1 CABLE KEYPAD FILTER DCU 3160 IS ae TI 81 HM9OP 1 BRACKET USB DCU 3160 20 AC536 1 CABLE EXT POWER INPUT 3 50 3160 120 DATO SW 71 NAS 23880 580 80 2 LATCH SPRING BATT DCU WPU 3160 19 10531 2 CABLE DATA RECRDR FILTERED DCU 3160 1 79 HM9OF 2 CARD GUIDE MOUNT DCU 3160 18 ACS29A 1 CABLE RIBBON 30 025 CTRS 78 HM9OE 1 COVER BRKT DCU 3160 17 ACS28A 1 CABLE POWER SUPPLY MOTHERBD 3160 11 9001 1 BRKT LCD PCA HOLD DOWN DCU 3160 16 105218 1 PWR SWITCH PIEZO SPKR DCU 3160 DUAL CHANNEL RECORDER 3160DCU 4 1 16 HM90D 1 BRACKET LCD DCU 3160 15 10826 1 RIBBON 24P 025 CTRS 15 00L6 REF DES DESCRIPTION 15 90 1 COVER CONN RECESS DCU 3160 14 40524 1 CABLE RIBBON 26P 039 CTRS 3 50LG 88 HTIB 1 RECRDER BLACK SERIAL 74 HM9OB 1 CASTING PANEL REAR DCU 3160 13 1 CABLE RIBBON 16P 050 CTRS 2 00 6 90 L2036A 1
60. 84 40 X 312LG NM 21 541 1 VGA VID OUTPT DCU WPU 3160 82 HP178 0 RESTRICTOR 073 006 RED 20 405408 1 CABLE KEYBOARD PS2 WPU 3160 81 175 1 FlTNG BARB BLKHD 2180D 08500 19 539 1 CAB USB PORT DCU WPU 3160 80 150 0 RESTRICTOR 013 010 ORFC YEL 18 405290 1 CAB RIBBON 30P 025 CTRS 4 50 79 HP132 O ORIFICE FLOW CONTROL 005 DIA 17 ACS29C 1 CABLE RIBBON 025 CTRS 15 00 16 T8 127 2 ELBOW 1 8 PVDF 16 405298 1 CAB RIBBON 025 CTRS 21 00 122 3 FITTING BULKHEAD 1 16 1 0 TUBE 15 ACS28B 1 CABLE PWR SPLY MTHRBD 3160 T6 KP121 2 FITTING BULKHEAD 1 8 1 0 TUBE 14 18257 1 POLE POWER FILTER WPU 3160 75 115 0 60 VITON 1 16 1 0 X 1 8 0 0 13 18255 0 PCA 02 MODULE ADAPTER 3160 14 9 4450 0 SBR 250 x 125 x 0625 12 A8251A 0 PCA LOW FLOW ETCO2 MODULE 3160 137 151758 2 SCR 44 40 UNC X3 16 LG SHCS N 13 HMQIT 2 BRACKET RADIO WPU 3160 11 18238 1 comm PORT 3160 136 NS15N 2 SCR 44 40 X 3 8 FHMS XR UC NM 12 HM91P 1 BRKT 10 WPU 3160 10 B231 1 USB ADAPTER 3160 135 1014 2 LABEL ACCEPTED 02 n HM91J 0 HEATSINK AGENT PCA WPU 3160 9 48228 1 058 MODULE KOOS TECH 3160 133 AC609 1 CAB 38257 1 PWR WPU 3160 10 HN91H 1 DOOR CONN PANEL WPU 3160 8 AB224A 1 PCA SPO2 DOLPHIN 3160 132 AC6OT 1_ caB 48257 PWR SWI TCH WPU 3160 69
61. Agent Bench operation Agent Bench is operating properly Proceed to action f Return the monitor to operation HOIASIHS 0916 8956 N d 21 6 SHM 0dH00Id ONILOOHSATINOUL T 2583123 Table 9 1 3160 Monitor Field Troubleshooting Procedures Continued S If Indication If Indication Symptom Action Normal Indication Is Abnormal Is Normal f Check the status of the Left decimal is On lit Blank Display Replace the Proceed to action f Error Code Display on the solid green right decimal is DCU assembly DCU AB213 Power flashing green and all Error Code Displayed Board see Appendix numeric segments are Off Proceed to Appendix G of Figure H 6 for component extinguished this manual for further locations troubleshooting instructions g Perform Agents Adjustment Procedure see Section 6 Page 6 3 paragraph 6 5 3 Li h Perform Agents Verification checks are Replace the WPU Electronics Contact Invivo Technical 3 Verfication Procedure successful Assembly Service for further see Section 5 Page 5 30 troubleshooting assistance 2 paragraph 5 6 7 O2 Measurements Ensurethattheadapter Ed Not Working cable is plugged into the jack on top of the 2 Disposable Oxygen Sensor 2 b Check for normal O2 O2 Sensor is operating Replace the Disposable Return the monitor
62. Bandwidth 33 Hz RECORDER HT18 Thermal Array Recorder Chart Speed 25 or 50 mm second Paper Type and Size Non Grid Thermal Paper 50 mm wide Alphanumeric annotation of date time delay paper speed scales lead configuration patient mode NIBP systolic mean diastolic heart rate respiration rate Et 2 Agents Et Agents Fi and SPO2 Automatic activation on alarm with alarm parameter printed at the beginning of trace WECG WSPO2 3 7V Battery Charger 9023 POWER REQUIREMENTS Input Voltage to AC adapter Universal AC 85 to 265VAC 0 47 to 63Hz Input Power 40W without power factor correction Grounding Connection Hospital Grade with earth ground Protection Over under voltage reverse voltage under current DC Connector 24 Vdc power pack ENVIRONMENT Location Console Room outside of MRI magnet room Operating Temperature 0 to 40 C 32 to 104 F CHARGING CHARACTERISTICS Battery Charge Time 8 hours maximum from fully discharged to fully charged Battery Presence Detection Microswitch charging and LED indication start immediately upon detection Battery Type 3 7V lithium ion 0 64 Amp Hours D 2 PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Release 1 Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 CHARGING CHARACTERISTICS Cont d Battery Charge Control Constant current constant voltage format wake up charge on fully discharged batteries
63. Feature Selecting the Service Bio Med option from the WPU SETUPS menu will bring up the WPU SERVICE BIO MED Menu Figure 3 10 The WPU SERVICE BIO MED Menu provides the operator with the ability to identify the Software Revision level place the system into a Simulation Mode used for training demonstration purposes only perform NIBP tests calibrate the anesthetic agent option and EtCO2 if available calibrate the monitor and adjust the configuration of the system SER VICE BIO MED SIMULATION MODE TESTS AS CAL MONITOR CAL SYSTEM CONFIG RETURN RETURN Figure 3 10 WPU SERVICE BIO MED Menu The following is a description of the options available in the WPU SERVICE BIO MED Menu 1 S W REV Selecting this menu item brings up another window which contains detailed information about the operating software of the WPU This Software Revision Screen Figure 3 11 contains the revision level and date of build along with other technical information concerning the WPU software To exit this window select the OK button on the window or the NORMAL SCREEN control key on the monitor front panel 3 10 OPERATION Release 1 Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 NOTE The contents of the Software Revision Screen will vary depending on the options and latest software update upgrade installed in the monitor Revision amp Version Information Software ID WPU01 08 Build Number 1041 Code Bo
64. Gas Gas ID Reading Location Oxygen O2 21 1 AGENT icon Carbon Dioxide CO2 5 0 6 EtCO2 icon upper value Nitrous Oxide N2O 60 8 EtCO2 trace lower value 7 Disconnect the gas can from the water trap and repeat steps 2 through 6 above for each agent to be verified NOTE This CO2 reading is expressed in units of mmHg not on the display and varies according to altitude The following mathematical eguation can be used to calculate barometric pressure as a function of altitude p A p 4 088 x 107 518 7 0 00356 5256 Where p Barometric Pressure in mmHg Altitude in feet Substituting for known value A 0 in the above formula to solve for function p A at sea level 4 088 x 107 7 518 7 0 00356 0 gt 7 gt 4 088 x 107 7518 7 256 760 mmHg 196 CO2 at sea level would then be given by the expression 1 7 1 100 x p p A 100 Substituting for the known value of p 760 2 100 760 100 7 6 mmHg monitor located at sea level should therefore display a 596 CO2 reading of 5 CO2 5 x p 100 5 100 x p h 20 Again substituting known value 760 for variable above p A 20 760 20 38 mmHg Substituting the calculated value of 38 for 5 CO2 in the formula below yields a maximum tolerance of 5 CO2 x 0 12 38 x 0 12 approximately 4 5 mmHg rounded up from the calculated value of 4 56 mmHg Maximum Tolerance 5 CO2 12 accuracy
65. Gas Mixture Span Cal Span Cal Gas ID Gas Kit P N Gas Can P N N2 Carbon Dioxide 94006A 9091A 10 0 90 0 Nitrous Oxide 94006B 9091B 80 0 20 0 Desflurane 94006C 9091C 14 0 86 0 Sevoflurane 94006D 9091D 5 0 95 0 Isoflurane 94006E 9091E 5 0 95 0 Halothane 94006F 9091F 5 0 95 0 ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES Release 1 Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 Invivo Invivo Gas Mixture Span Cal Span Cal Gas ID Gas Kit P N Gas Can P N Gas N2 Enflurane 94006G 9091G 5 0 95 0 NOTE Each Span Cal Gas Kit includes a Cal Gas canister low pressure calibration reservoir assembly and instruction sheet The Check Gas canisters Invivo Part Numbers 9034A through 9034E are provided for verification purposes only see Section 5 Page 5 30 paragraph 5 6 7 and cannot be used for this procedure Use only the gas kits canisters listed above to perform span calibration on the Agent Bench 15 16 17 18 With the stopcock valve set to the Vertical OFF VO position see Figure 6 1 connect the sample tubing to the GAS EtCO2 port on the water trap HO VO Figure 6 1 Stopcock Valve Positions Purge the low pressure calibration reservoir until the CO2 Occlusion message is displayed on the monitor Quickly turn the stopcock valve to the Horizontal OFF HO position see Figure 6 1 then disconnect the sample tubing from the water trap Press down on the stopcock to begin filling the low pressure calibrat
66. HM916 1 CARD GUIDE RIGHT WPU 3160 8214 2 PCA DIVERSITY ANTENNA WPU 3160 131 ACATSES 1 CAB F 0 18P WPU 3160 68 HM91F 1 CARD GUIDE LEFT WPU 3160 6 8213 1 PCA POWER SUPPLY 3160 130 NS182N 1 SCR 46 32 X T 16LG PHMS XR SS NM 67 KM91E O MOUNT TENP SENSOR WPU 3160 5 18211 1 PCA EXTERNAL 1 0 WPu 3160 129 HP185 0 RESTRICTOR 073 016 GRA 66 HM9102 0 PLATE O2 SENSOR 4 18195 2 PCA DUAL RADIO WPU 3160 128 AC571A1 1 CAB FLP LED WPU 3160 65 HM91B 1 HOUSING WPU 3160 3 AB1928 0 PCA AGENTS ANALYZER MODI 1 121 PG03 4 GUIDE CARD NARROW 2 5 LG 64 2 1 COVER F O HOLES BCK 5X1 5 WPU 3160 2 ABIGOD MOTHERBOARD INVI VO 126 PG02 2 GUIDE CARD VERT MNT 2 56 LG 63 HM91AM 1 COVER F 0 HOLES 9 X 1 50 WPU 3160 1 9445 O ANESTHETIC OXYGEN SENSOR DISP LTEM REF DES PART NO 101 DESCRIPTION ow EAR C PER ECN 11253 om cum stoned DInvivo B PER ECN 11115 980105 A RELEASED ECN 811003 078800 ios po 12601 RESEARCH PARKWAY ORLANDO FL 32826 USA me REF ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTION AI104 INTERCONNECT DIAGRAM 1908104 REF REV DESCRIPTION BY DATE IMS 200061 15 CONFIDENTIAL D PROPRIETARY AND 15 18 PROPERTY Iv TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS AT ANY TIME WITHOUT PRIOR NOTICE su CORPORATION LT IS HOT 0 3 DISCLOSED 10 ANY USED 1
67. ON or OFF 6 position Batteries will charge more rapidly when this switch is set to OFF Temperature Connector The Temperature port provides for the connection of a FISO Temperature probe for taking patient temperature measurements mm REF 9312 14 NB Front Back Figure 3 6 WECG Transmitter Module 3 2 7 WECG Transmitter Module See Figure 3 6 The transmitter module provides connections for ECG probe leads a battery compartment to house a 9065 Patient Module 4 1V LI Battery and a Power Indicator a 3 6 Power Indicator Bi color LED Item 1 The Power LED monitors the status of the Patient Module 4 1V LI Battery Flashing Green Indicates the presence of 4 1 Vdc output power from the LI Battery Flashing Red Indicates a battery low condition for the LI Battery ECG Connections Items 2 The ECG ports provide for the connection of an ECG probe for taking patient ECG measurements Battery Compartment Item 3 The battery compartment located on the back of the WECG module holds one rechargeable Patient Module 4 1 V LI Battery OPERATION Release 1 Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 t oe oca Front Back Figure 3 7 WSPO2 Transmitter Module 3 2 8
68. PCU Confirm normal operation of the PCU Assembly as Includes replaced AS226 IBP follows Assembly a Perform Operational Quick Checks see Section 2 Page 2 3 paragraph 2 6 b Perform PCU Verification see Section 5 Page 5 11 paragraph 5 5 AS201 Power Adapter Confirm normal operation of the Power Adapter Assembly Includes replaced AC Fuse s 45 follows a Perform Operational Quick Checks see Section 2 Page 2 3 paragraph 2 6 b Perform Power Adapter Verification see Section 5 Page 5 1 paragraph 5 3 7 5 Software Installation The 3160 Series MRI Physiological Monitor is equipped with USB ports on the WPU and DCU assemblies into which solid state flash drive units can be inserted for update upgrade of the monitor software 7 5 1 Program Update Upgrade Perform the following procedure to Update Upgrade the monitor software using the Invivo flash drive s a DCU Program Update Updating the programmable elements of the 3160 DCU 18 accomplished through the use of one or more USB flash memory drives which contain the software and other data used by the DCU During the reprogramming process the Release 1 MAINTENANCE 7 3 P N 9568 7 4 3160 SERVICE MANUAL Invivo DCU will not function as a patient monitoring device Patient monitoring capability will be restored only once the reprogramming process has successfully completed and the DCU has been powered off and then back on and is once agai
69. Packet Length pn 04 N A Set Maximum Number of DCUs pt 0 0 Set Packet Timeout Duration pr 03 10 Set ARQ Attempt Limit pv 0 0 Set Slot Assignment Mode 0 Dynamic 1 Static pw 1F N A Set Base Slot Size 69 4us count or 4 bytes count px 1 0 Set ARQ Mode Enable Redundant Transmit 0 disable 1 enable pe 1 1 Set Alternate Freguency Band f Enter all reguired STATUS COMMANDS as follows BASE REMOTE Command WPU DCU Description zb 0 0 Banner Display Disable O disable 1 enable 7 1 1 Set Escape Sequence 0 disable 1 enable zp 0 0 Set Modem Wakeup Duty Cycle Duty Cycle 1 2 where n argument 74 N A 0 Low Power Acquisition 0 disable 1 enable g When all parameter data is entered into the radio transceiver s memory type m lt gt to save the encoded parameters h Shutdown 1 Exit the programming mode by pressing the lt 12 gt key 2 Turn the unit power OFF 3 Unplug the keyboard and or monitor cable from the unit NOTE The 119 transceivers located in both the WPU and DCU must be set to the same Network Number 1 wn value in order to communicate Release 1 RADIO PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS 8 3 P N 9568 3160 SERVICE MANUAL 85 Changing the DCU 119 Network Number New radio transceivers are shipped by Invivo pre programmed as indicated in this section The DCU is marked with a Network Number Label see Figure 8 2 The Network Number listed on the label correspond
70. TEM MET J 1 PRE FE RNG deesse aee eek esos dea dao edes se a ae aveo ee aea eso egeo EN Ee e Reference 1 GLOSSARY o Glossary 1 INDEX E Index 1 Release 1 V P N 9568 3160 SERVICE MANUAL THIS SPACE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK vi Release 1 Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 LIST OF FIGURES Figure Title Page 2160 Major Assemblies Sm 1 3 WECG Telemetry Transmitter sssini see ee ees 1 4 1 3 WSPO2 Telemetry Transmitter eai orem rrr 1 5 si Monitor Sep MM RR 2 1 22 DOU Sample DOT do et 2 3 24 DI 0 isos sargus kakao tt 3 1 1 T I0 Ie7C X 3 2 d o 3 3 od om 3 4 a CE ooo d cce 3 5 3 6 WECG 3 6 M WIP Mo duos s OP 3 7 2 5 ASWI SSS 3 8 3 9 WEPELU WSPOZ Patent Module Battery 3 9 3 10 WPU SERVICE BIO MEDJ M GBU ucr ruis ttn tiene th kien Ea Reo Ra rade a oa 3 10 3 11 Sample WPU Software Revision iode coca prisci ecu 3 11 a2 Simulation Mode VIESN DODBEB 3 11 13 Sample SIMULATION E co 3 12 3 14 Sample SIMULATION Strip Chart
71. Verify a calibration waveform on Trace A at a rate of 1 mV at 1 Hz and 1096 duty cycle Press the Rotary Knob to select OFF Confirm lead II is selected for TRACE A LEAD Set Patient Simulator to output a mV square wave at 2 Hz 240 BPMs Verify an ECG count of 240 5 BPMs Set the Patient Simulator to output a 1 5 mV QRS pulse at 60 BPMs Disconnect the Patient Simulator from transmitter ECG Lead Fail Verification Trace A Perform the following procedure to verify proper operation of the ECG Lead Fail Circuitry 1 Connect an ECG Patient Simulator to the WECG transmitter leads see Page 5 13 Table 5 1 2 Set the Patient Simulator to output 1 5 mV QRS pulse at 60 BPMs NORMAL SINUS mode 3 Select ECG lead I for TRACE A LEAD 4 If NEO is displayed above the ECG icon on the DCU display change the Patient Mode to Adult as follows a Press the SETUP Control Key b Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the PATIENT menu selection c Press the Rotary Knob to select PATIENT d Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the ADULT menu selection e Press the Rotary Knob to select ADULT f Press the NORMAL SCREEN Control Key 5 Remove one wire at a time that pertains to the selected lead until all the lead wires have been tested see Page 5 13 Table 5 1 In each case verify that within 25 seconds of removal of each wire that the LEAD FAIL message appears to the right of the selected lead at
72. are presented in the following paragraphs These procedures include maintenance significant instructions for both offline and online operation Offline operating instructions consist of maintenance related tasks that are not performed on the monitor itself e g battery charging procedures or can only be performed when the monitor is disassembled setup on the repair bench by qualified technicians e g Maintenance Access procedures online instructions include all other maintenance related procedures that can be performed readily by a medical practitioner without the use of additional support test equipment on the fully assembled monitor in the clinical environment as well as in the bio medical lab 3 3 1 Offline Operation Offline operating procedures for the 3160 Series MRI Physiological Monitor are presented in the following paragraphs These procedures are System Tests WPU Service Bio Med Features Software Installation procedures Maintenance Access procedures WPU DCU and patient module battery charging procedures and changing the WPU 119 network number a System Tests Refer to Section 7 Page 7 3 paragraph 7 4 1 for 3160 monitor System Test and Verification procedures NOTE The WPU menu system can only be accessed when the monitor is offline by using the WPU Keyboard Navigation Nav feature Please refer to Appendix E in this manual for guidelines to setup and operate the monitor in this mode b WPU Service Bio Med
73. box with an through it as pictured below U a o EtCO2 Parameter a Disconnect the patient Failure Not Working tubing from the GAS 2 Input port on the water trap tri b Check the water trap for A miled air vacuum is Proceed to action c Proceed to action d proper inlet air flow detected at the GAS Input Z port S c Check for full occluded The CO2 OCCLUSION the water trap Replace the WPU p water trap message is not displayed in Electronics Assembly the top center of the DCU screen d Verify internal gas tubing Internal connections are Connect gas sensor tubes as Proceed to action g is securely attached to the good required and proceed to WPU Electronics action e Assembly side panel using 3160 interconnect diagram see Appendix J 2 e Check for normal EtCO2 EtCO2 Bench is operating Proceed to action f Return the monitor to Bench operation properly operation 5 25822 5441 2 4 ONILOOHSATINOUL 8T 6 LT 6 Table 9 1 3160 Monitor Field Troubleshooting Procedures Continued If Indication If Indication Symptom Action Normal Indication Is Abnormal Is Normal EtCO2 Parameter f Check the status of the Left decimal is On lit Blank Display Replace the Proceed to action g Failure Not Working Error Code Display on solid green right
74. description of the options available in the SERVICE BIO MED Menu 1 S W REV Selecting this menu item brings up another window which contains detailed information about the operating software of the DCU This Software Revision Screen Figure 3 27 contains the revision level and date of build along with other technical information concerning the DCU software To exit this window the operator either selects the OK button on the window or the NORMAL SCREEN control key on the monitor front panel NOTE The contents of the Software Revision Screen will vary depending on the options and latest software update upgrade installed in the monitor SETUPS RECALL SETUPS Revision amp Version Information STORE SETUPS Software ID _ DCU01 08 PARAMETER SELECTION Build Number 1040 SERVICE BIO MED Code Body Bench ETCO Enabled NIBP TESTS gent EEProm Version Not Present S G SYSTEM CONFIG RETURN Figure 3 27 Sample DCU Software Revision Screen 3 20 OPERATION Release 1 Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 WARNING The Simulation Mode will display real looking waveforms which are computer generated The monitor will not monitor patients while in the Simulation Mode Do not activate the Simulation Mode with the monitor attached to a patient To exit the Simulation Mode the monitor must be powered Off 2 SIMULATION MODE This menu option allows the operator to turn
75. e Turn DCU power ON If the Error Code is still displayed replace the 9064 batteries 17 RawCurErC System Overcurrent Error Troubleshoot the monitor power system for an overcurrent condition HOIASIHS 0916 8956 N d v D SHQOO QAVO YAM Od ICHV 2583123 Table G 1 AB213 Power Board Error Codes Continued Error Code S Hex Title Description Corrective Action s 18 DcInErC Power Adapter Over Under Voltage Error WARNING Shock hazard exists a Using DMM verify presence of AS201 Power Adapter AC input power at wall outlet b Facility power is supplying continuous AC input power within tolerance 90 to 264 VAC a 47 to 63 Hz to 5201 c Iffacility power is not present and within tolerance troubleshoot facility power otherwise proceed to action d 5 d Replace the AS201 Power Adapter 19 SwtchPwrErC Power Board Switched Power Error Replace the DCU Display Assembly lt 31 NoStartErC 9064 Battery No Start Bit Error Replace the 9064 batteries e 32 NoAckErC 9064 Battery No Acknowledge Bit Error 34 NoStopErC 9064 Battery No Stop Bit Error 2 gt 3 lt lt 9 Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 APPENDIX H COMPONENT LOCATION DIAGRAMS H 0 COMPONENT LOCATION DIAGRAMS The following component location diagrams are provided as visual aids in calibrating adjusting a
76. highlight the MONTH menu selection 2 Press the Rotary Knob to select MONTH 3 Turn the Rotary Knob until the correct MONTH is displayed 4 Press the Rotary Knob to accept the MONTH setting Verify the Year adjustment as follows 1 Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the YEAR menu selection 2 Press the Rotary Knob to select YEAR 3 Turn the Rotary Knob until the correct YEAR 15 displayed 4 Press the Rotary Knob to accept the YEAR setting Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the ENTER menu selection Press the Rotary Knob to save the changes performed Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the RETURN menu selection Press the Rotary Knob to return to the SETUPS Menu Press the NORMAL SCREEN Control Key to return the monitor to the operational display 5 4 7 Store and Recall Setups Verification Perform the following procedure to verify the proper operation of the Store and Recall Setups feature performing this test may change all stored setups 5 8 m Press the SETUP Control Key Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the PARAMETER menu selection Press the Rotary Knob to select PARAMETER Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the AGENTS selection Press the Rotary Knob to select AGENTS Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the ON menu selection Press the Rotary Knob to select ON CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES Release 1 Invivo Hom M 5 d oW te lt 3160 SERVICE MANUAL
77. i S Radio 41V 214 DI 2 a mV def Diversity B B Antenna See Note 1 195 SensorBase DualRadio Board 2 ECG Radio AB214 De Diversity ed ower Antenna See Note 1 Board FU39Fuse From 320 NOTES 18V 1 7A 3 6A 1 AS201 PowerAdapter AJ Fo See Note4 9064 SystemPower 3 033V45V 12V ug SeeNote 3 14 4V AB211 External Differentiator Digital Signal Processing DSP Universal Asynchronous Receiver Xmtr UART 119 Transceiver WIT2450 9 Antena Hard Wired Link 1 Normal status forclearECG Radiosignalreception is 4 Batteries LEDs DlandD2alternatelyflashing H HE61 0 2 Heavylines indicate mainflowinstandardwireless Antenna monitor configuration Pl om 17 3 Normal status for7 segment ErrorCode Display 5240 left decimal On lit solidgreen rightdecimalflashing F DCU HE119 green andallnumericsegmentsOff extinguished Display Transceiver 4 ThisoptionalAS201connection separately powers the DCUwhenitisdetachedfromthemonitorbase Legend Subassembly FiberOptic Cable GE AirTube 4 Assembly WIT2450 Board Universal Asynchronous Receiver Xmtr UART ElectricalCable MajorAssembly OptionalConnection Number of Cables Conductors Tubes Display Processing DP 12V ECG Parameter Functional Bloc
78. in Section 9 of this manual fail to correct the problem contact Invivo for further guidance or to arrange for the shipment of defective equipment to Invivo for depot repair see Appendix B The user of the product shall have the sole responsibility for any malfunction which results from improper use faulty maintenance improper repair damage or alteration by anyone other than Invivo authorized service personnel Refer to the above Operations Manual for all applicable user maintenance requirements in the clinical environment This device is covered under one or more of the following U S Patents 5 482 036 5 490 505 5 632 272 5 685 299 5 758 644 5 769 785 6 002 952 6 036 642 6 067 462 6 206 830 6 157 850 6 277 081 and international equivalents U S A and international patents pending Possession or purchase of this device does not convey any express or implied license to use the device with replacement parts which would alone or in combination with this device fall within the scope of one or more of the patents relating to this device xviii Release 1 Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION 1 0 INTRODUCTION NOTE This manual describes a fully configured system and may include features and or options that are not included in your system For additional information contact your local sales representative or Invivo Customer Service see Page 1 6 paragraph 1 5 NOTE Reference Section 4
79. indicate facility power has been restored and the backup batteries are recharging Set the Power Switch on the PCU and DCU to the OFF 6 position Allow the backup batteries to fully recharge for a minimum of 8 hours before returning to operation 5 5 3 Invasive Blood Pressure Verification If the Invasive Blood Pressure option 18 installed Perform the following procedure to verify the proper operation of the IBP monitoring system 5 12 a Turn the 3160 monitor ON perform Section 2 Page 2 2 paragraph 2 5 Connect the output of a Pressure Simulator to the P1 D1 connector on the PCU Set the Pressure Simulator to output 000 mmHg with the Zero switch on center position On the DCU turn on P1 as follows 1 Press the SETUP Control Key 2 Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the PARAMETER SELECTION menu selection 3 Press the Rotary Knob to select PARAMETER SELECTION 4 Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the P1 parameter selection 5 Press the Rotary Knob to select P1 6 Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the ON menu selection 7 Press the Rotary Knob to select ON 8 Press the NORMAL SCREEN Control Key On the DCU setup Invasive Pressure 1 as follows 1 Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the P1 Icon 2 Press the Rotary Knob to bring up the P1 Menu 3 Press the Rotary Knob to select the ZERO SET menu selection 4 Verify successful zeroing of Pressure Channel 1 5 Press the
80. menu selection p Press the Rotary Knob to bring up the SCALE Menu q Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the 10 mm mV menu selection CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES 5 17 P N 9568 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 5 18 3160 SERVICE MANUAL Press the Rotary Knob to select 10 mm mV s Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the HR TONE SRCE menu selection t Press the Rotary Knob to bring up the HR TONE SRCE Menu u Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the QRS menu selection v Press the Rotary Knob to select QRS w Press the NORMAL SCREEN Control Key Verify the following a B shows a waveform train of moving QRS pulses without jittering b Trace B numerics indicate an ECG count of 60 1 BPM c The QRS Symbol flashing heart is present d ORS Heart Rate Tone is present with NO double tones Set the Patient Simulator to output a 2 mV QRS pulse at 60 BPMs Verify the following a B shows a waveform train of moving QRS pulses without jittering b Trace B numerics indicate an ECG count of 60 1 BPMs c The QRS Symbol flashing heart is present d ORS Heart Rate Tone is present with NO double tones Set the Patient Simulator to output a 2 mV QRS pulse at 120 BPMs Verify the following a B shows a waveform train of moving QRS pulses without jittering b Trace numerics indicate a
81. module TVONVW HOLASIHS 0916 8956 N d 8 6 5441 2 4 ONILOOHSATINOUL eseojposp Table 9 1 3160 Monitor Field Troubleshooting Procedures Continued 5 If Indication If Indication Symptom Action Normal Indication Is Abnormal Is Normal Parameter f Check the communication The SPO2 status indicator Replace the WPU Electronics Replace the WECG Failure Not status of the SPO2 at the bottom of the Normal Assembly transmitter module Working Cont d transmitter module at Screen see Section 2 DCU Figure 2 2 is not displayed inside a red box with an through it as pictured below 95 a o SPO2 Parameter a Remove the WSPO2 4 Failure Not transmitter module 2 Working battery b Using DMM check the The battery voltage Fully recharge the WSPO2 Reinstall the battery and WSPO2 transmitter measured is gt 3 3 Vdc transmitter module battery or proceed to action c module 4 1 Vdc battery replace with a new battery Z 1272121 observe polarity marked S 7 on battery 4 c Check the status of the Left decimal is On lit Blank Display Replace the Proceed to action d Error Code Display on the solid green right decimal is DCU assembly DCU AB213 Power flashing green and all Boar ee Appendix segments re rcs Code Displayed
82. paragraph 2 5 for 3160 monitor turn on procedures WARNING Electrical shock hazard Prior to removing any assemblies from the 3160 monitor ensure that power to the monitor has been turned OFF as described above the AS201 Power Adapter is unplugged and the batteries have been removed Failure to comply can result in serious injury or death to personnel and or damage to the monitor s internal circuits Monitor Turn Off Procedures Perform the following procedure to remove power from the 3160 monitor 1 Set the Power Switch on the DCU to the OFF 6 position 2 Set the Power Switch on the PCU to the OFF 6 position d Operational Quick Checks Refer to Section 2 Page 2 3 paragraph 2 6 for 3160 monitor Operational Checkout procedures e DCU Service Bio Med Feature Selecting the Service Bio Med option from the DCU SETUPS menu will bring up the DCU SERVICE BIO MED Menu Figure 3 26 The DCU SERVICE BIO MED Menu provides the operator with the ability to identify the Software Revision level place the system into a Simulation Mode used for training purposes only perform certain Gas Calibration and NIBP Tests and adjust the configuration of the system Release 1 OPERATION 3 19 P N 9568 3160 SERVICE MANUAL SETUPS RECALL SETUPS STORE SETUPS SERVICE BIO MED NIBP TESTS GAS CAL RETURN Figure 3 26 DCU SERVICE BIO MED Menu The following is a
83. replacement of defective parts When the Troubleshooting Flow in Section 9 directs the maintenance technician to perform the System Test and Verification procedures for a particular replacement action reference should be made to Table 7 1 below to identify the final Checks to be run for the indicated replacement action Table 7 1 3160 Monitor Field System Test and Verification Procedures Replaced Part Check s AS215 WPU Electrical Assembly Confirm normal operation of the WPU Electronics Includes replaced Oxygen Sensor Assembly as follows Water Trap WECG WSPO2 a Ifthe WPU was replaced perform a ZERO CAL from the Transmitter Modules with Service Bio Med Menu s GAS CAL option see Section batteries WPU batter ies DC 3 Page 3 14 paragraph 3 3 1 menu option b 4 a Fuse b Ifthe O2 sensor was replaced perform an O2 INIT CAL from the Service Bio Med Menu s GAS CAL option see Section 3 Page 3 15 paragraph 3 3 1 menu option b 4 e c Perform Operational Quick Checks see Section 2 Page 2 3 paragraph 2 6 d Perform WPU Verification see Section 5 Page 5 13 paragraph 5 6 AS240 DCU Display Assembly Confirm normal operation of the DCU Display Assembly Includes replaced DCU as follows batter ies DC Fuse a Perform Operational Quick Checks see Section 2 Page 2 3 paragraph 2 6 b Perform DCU Verification see Section 5 Page 5 1 paragraph 5 4 AS219
84. sometimes laughter also called laughing gas 5 32 Non Invasive Blood Pressure NIBP a means of measuring blood pressure via an inflatable cuff without invading the patient s body 1 1 Oxygen O2 a colorless tasteless odorless gaseous element that is capable of combining with all elements except the inert gases that is active in the physiological processes and that is involved especially in combustion 3 15 P PCU Patient Connection Unit 1 1 Power Supply a source of electrical energy 1 2 Processor the part of a computer system that operates on data 7 2 R Recommended Standard 232 RS232 a TIA EIA standard for serial transmission be tween computers and peripheral devices mo dem mouse etc 4 5 RF Radio Frequency 1 1 S Sevoflurane SEV a halogenated ether for inhalation anesthesia 5 33 Simulator a device that enables the operator to reproduce or represent under test condi tions phenomena likely to occur in actual per formance 5 9 SS Spread Spectrum 4 5 Super VGA SVGA a set of graphics stan dards that supports 800x600 resolution and a palette of up to 16 million colors 3 2 Release 1 Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL Systolic related to the contraction of the heart by which the blood is forced onward and the circulation maintained 5 26 T Transceiver a radio transmitter receiver that uses many of the same components f
85. the AS240 DCUwhenitisdetachedfromthemonitorbase DCU 119 Display Transceiver Assembly WIT2450 Board Universal 8 bit Displa 1 ElectricalCable c Asynchronous data bus lies 1 Receiver Xmtr ee MajorAssembly 9064 UART DP Subassembly t Batteries FiberOptic Cable rp AirTube OptionalConnection Number of Cables Conductors Tubes FU39Fuse 5A 32V SPO2 Parameter Functional Block Diagram 3160 Series Physiological Monitor 8956 TVONVW HOIASIHS 0916 wiOAIAU 2502123 SONIM VIG AONVNALNIVW 6 1 NIBP Cuff AS219 Patient 2 Connection 7 VI Unit Sense Inflate From AS201 PowerAdapter x NOTES 1 0 Normally OpenState 2 Heavylines indicate mainflowinstandardwireless wz monitor configuration AS240 1 3 Normal status for7 segment ErrorCode Display 2 DCU left decimal On lit solidgreen rightdecimalflashing Display 119 green andallnumericsegmentsOff extinguished 5 Assembly Transceiver 4 ThisoptionalAS20 connection separately powers the DCUwhenitisdetachedfromthemonitorbase Legend ElectricalCable MajorAssembly Subassembly FiberOptic Cable AirTube OptionalConnection Number of Cables Conductors Tubes ASS AS21 WPU Electronics Pneumatics Assembly Assembly 1 Sense fg
86. the Simulation Mode ON Refer to Page 3 11 paragraph 3 3 1 menu option b 2 for a description of monitor operation in this mode 3 NIBP TESTS Selecting this menu option will bring up the DCU NIBP TESTS Menu Figure 3 28 SETUPS RECALL SETUPS STORE SETUPS SERVICE BIO MED S W REV SIMULATION MODE GAS CAL SYSTEM CONFIG Figure 3 28 DCU NIBP TESTS Menu The following options are provided in this menu a LEAK TEST Selecting this menu option will display the NIBP LEAK TEST Screen and is identical to the DCU NIBP TESTS Menu for the WPU Refer to Page3 13 paragraph 3 3 1 menu option b 3 b for a description of the options available in this menu b RETURN Selecting this menu option returns the monitor to the Normal Screen 4 GAS CAL Selecting this menu option will bring up the DCU GAS CAL Menu Figure 3 29 Release 1 OPERATION 3 21 P N 9568 3 22 5 6 3160 SERVICE MANUAL SETUPS sw GAS CAL 02 CAL 02 INIT CA RETURN Figure 3 29 DCU GAS CAL Menu The following menu options are provided in this menu a b c d ZERO CAL This menu option is identical to ZERO CAL for the WPU Refer to Page 3 14 paragraph 3 3 1 menu option b 4 a for a description of the options available in this menu O2 CAL This menu option is identical to O2 CAL for the WPU Refer to Page 3 15 paragraph 3 3 1 menu option b 4 d for a desc
87. the AS201 Power Adapter OPERATION Release 1 Invivo P1 P2 Connectors 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 RF Hard Wired Link Item 9 The RF hard wired link is used to connect the WPU unit to a remote DCU unit through a penetration panel when the monitor is equipped with the hard wired radio communications option Oxygen Sensor Item 10 The disposable oxygen sensor located behind the rear access panel is used when the monitor is equipped with the anesthetic agent option to measure concentration of oxygen in the room air and to from the patient Power Indicator Switch 7 7 Temperature Connector ETCO2 Zero Port Figure 3 5 PCU Front Panel 3 2 6 PCU Front Panel See Figure 3 5 The PCU front panel provides for the connection of patient cabling for the 3160 Series MRI Physiological Monitor The panel contains connections for the attachment of NIBP hoses and Gas EtCO2 or Agents patient sample tubing Connections for IBP P1 D1 and P2 D2 and Temperature options are also provided on this panel a b Release 1 EtCO2 Zero Connection The EtCO2 Zero port is used for zeroing of the optional EtCO2 Anesthetic Agent Gas module and P2 D2 IBP Connections The IBP ports provide for the connection of two IBP probes for taking patient invasive blood pressure measurements Gas Input Port and Water Trap The water trap pictured above is used when a Gas Option is installed The Gas Input Port
88. the voltages 110 120 220 240 VAC having a frequency of 50 or 60 Hz Ifthe integrity of the earth ground conductor of the AC mains power cable is in doubt operate the monitor on internal battery power until proper earth ground connection is confirmed Release 1 xiii P N 9568 3160 SERVICE MANUAL Invivo A MRI SERVICE PRECAUTIONS A NOTE Use only MRI compatible accessories and parts with this monitor This monitor is not intended for use in the presence of FLAMMABLE ANESTHETICS An explosion hazard exists Never immerse the monitor in any fluid or attempt to clean it with liguid cleaning agents An electrical hazard exists No repair should be undertaken or attempted by anyone not having a thorough understanding of the repair and safety assurance of patient monitors Always verify proper communication of the 3160 MRI Physiological Monitoring System with the Remote Monitor prior to patient use MRI Magnet Room Placement The 3160 MRI Physiological Monitoring System is designed to be used in conjunction with a remote monitor The 3160 MRI Physiological Monitoring System 15 specially designed not to interfere with MRI operations and may be used inside the MRI Magnet Room in any location at or outside the 5000 5 000 or less Gauss 0 5T Field Line of the MRI System as measured from the center line of the MRI bore Field strength variations in a particular MRI system may be due to manufacturer variability future enhanceme
89. to Sensor operation properly Oxygen Sensor then proceed operation to action c NOTE Refer to the 3160 Series MRI Physiological Monitor Operations Manual Invivo Part Number 9569 for applicable O2 Sensor Calibration Procedures c Check for normal O2 O2 Sensor is operating Proceed to action d Return the monitor to Sensor operation properly operation O 258212 SHUNdAIOUd ONILOOHSATINOUL 1 6 Table 9 1 3160 Monitor Field Troubleshooting Procedures Continued If Indication If Indication Symptom Action Normal Indication Is Abnormal Is Normal O2 Measurements 4 Remove the Disposable Air flow is detected Proceed to action e Replace the WPU Not Working Oxygen Sensor and check Electronics Assembly Cont d for waste gas exhaust exiting the filtered O2 sensor block on the WPU rear panel NOTE Air flow will be minimal e Verify internal Internal connections are Connect O2 sensor wires Replace the WPU connections to O2 sensor good hoses as required and proceed Electronics Assembly block and Oxygen Sensor to action f using WPU interconnect diagram see Appendix J f Check for normal O2 O2 Sensor is operating Replace the WPU Electronics Return the monitor to Sensor operation properly Assembly operation IBP Parameter a Connect the active output Failure Not Working of a Pressure Simul
90. to 12 hour while observing that the HOUR menu selection also toggles to reflect the format change 4 Turn the Rotary Knob until the desired setting is displayed then press the knob to accept the setting Verify the Seconds adjustment as follows 1 Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the SECOND menu selection 2 Press the Rotary Knob to select SECOND 3 Turn the Rotary Knob until the correct SECOND is displayed 4 Press the Rotary Knob to accept the SECOND setting Verify the Minutes adjustment as follows 1 Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the MINUTE menu selection CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES 5 7 P N 9568 Ew m n 0 3160 SERVICE MANUAL 2 Press the Rotary Knob to select MINUTE 3 Turn the Rotary Knob until the correct MINUTE is displayed 4 Press the Rotary Knob to accept the MINUTE setting Verify the Hours adjustment as follows 1 Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the HOUR menu selection 2 Press the Rotary Knob to select HOUR 3 Turn the Rotary Knob until the correct HOUR is displayed 4 Press the Rotary Knob to accept the HOUR setting Verify the Day adjustment as follows 1 Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the DAY menu selection 2 Press the Rotary Knob to select DAY 3 Turn the Rotary Knob until the correct DAY 15 displayed 4 Press the Rotary Knob to accept the DAY setting Verify the Month adjustment as follows 1 Turn the Rotary Knob to
91. until the SERVICE BIO MED menu selection is highlighted p Press the lt gt key to select SERVICE BIO MED q Press the Down Arrow key until the NIBP TESTS menu selection is highlighted r Press the Enter key to select NIBP TESTS s Press the Down Arrow key until the CALIBRATE menu selection is highlighted t Press the Enter key to make the selection 3 Close the bleed screw on the manometer hand bulb Set the Pressure Tester for 285 mmHg 14 4 Verify that when the above limits are violated an OVR PRES warning message is displayed in the lower left corner of the screen 5 Disconnect the manometer from the NIBP Sense port 6 Press the lt Esc gt key to display the Normal Screen 1 Leak Time Out Test Perform Leak Time Out Verification as follows 1 With nothing connected to the NIBP Ports on the monitor front panel press the F7 key to start up the pump 2 Verify that the pump shuts off after 6 seconds 1 5 seconds and that the error message NOT INFLATING is displayed in the lower left corner of the screen m Calibration Error Test Perform Calibrate Error Verification as follows 1 Connect the Manometer to the NIBP Sense Port located beneath the SPO2 connector on the PCU 2 Inflate the Manometer to 15 mmHg 3 Press the F7 key to start up the pump 4 Verify that the pump does not start up 5 After 10 seconds release pressure from the manometer and verif
92. wireless modem that operates in the 2 4 GHz ISM radio frequency band Each radio transceiver is factory programmed with a unique ID address number to permit optional seamless roaming from access point to access point without the need for re synchronizing With 2 4 GHz Frequency Hopping Spread Spectrum FHSS technology the 119 radio provides immunity to signal jamming as well as resistance to multipath fading by distributing the transmitted signal over a larger region of the frequency band than would otherwise be necessary to send the information see Figure 4 3 Release 1 THEORY OF OPERATION 4 3 v NOLLVM dO AO 7 2583123 Offline Battery Chargers Console Room Magnet Room Switch 85 264VAC 18VDC FUTURE OPTION AS240 DCU Display Assembly AS240 DCU Display Assembly 47 63 Hz 114 4VDC 1 5 m 7 7 Battery Unfiltered Panel Unfiltered Panel y g Behind RF Seal 14 4VDC Battery Behind RF Seal 14 4VDC Battery USB RS232 USB RS232 SSS VGA Fuse 14 4VDC Battery Fuse 14 4VDC Battery 85 264VAC NUR 47 63 Hz 2avoc Patient Module 3 7 956 i Keyboard Keyboard 2
93. 02A to your finger b Connect the Neonatal Cuff to the NIBP Ports on the PCU If the patient selection is ADULT located over the ECG Icon perform the following to select NEO a Press the lt 4 gt key b Press the Down Arrow key until the PATIENT menu selection is highlighted c Press the lt gt key to select PATIENT d Press the Down Arrow key until the NEO menu selection 18 highlighted e Press the lt gt key to select f Press the lt Esc gt key to display the Normal Screen Hold hand with cuffed finger above shoulder height to ensure blood pressure reading below 100 mmHg and press the lt F7 gt key to start up the pump Verify that the Cuff inflates to 120 mmHg before the pump stops and the system begins to release pressure through the bleed valves When the blood pressure determination is complete verify that the Cuff deflates and Systolic Mean and Diastolic Blood Pressure numerics are present in the lower left of the screen in the NIBP Icon Remove the Cuff from the finger Attach Cuff to a solid object approximately finger size press the lt F7 gt key and verify a NIBP determination of 0 for Systolic Mean and Diastolic Disconnect the Cuff from the NIBP Ports on the PCU Return patient selection to the Adult mode as follows a Press the lt 4 gt key b Press the Down Arrow gt key until the PATIENT menu selection is highlighted c Pres
94. 12 X Verify the following a OFFSET PRESS 60 1 b PRESS READING 50 1 13 Set the Pressure Tester for 100 mmHg 14 Verify the following a OFFSET PRESS 110 1 b PRESS READING 100 1 15 Set the Pressure Tester for 150 mmHg 16 Verify the following a OFFSET PRESS 160 2 b PRESS READING 150 2 17 Set the Pressure Tester for 200 mmHg 18 Verify the following CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES 5 23 P N 9568 5 24 19 Q0 Q1 Q2 3160 SERVICE MANUAL OFFSET PRESS 210 2 b PRESS READING 200 2 Set the Pressure Tester for 294 mmHg Verify maximum pressure as follows a OFFSET PRESS 304 22 b PRESS READING 294 2 Release the pressure and disconnect the Pressure Tester from the Inflate Port Press the lt Esc gt key to display the Normal Screen Secondary Transducer Over Pressure Test Perform Secondary Pressure Transducer Over Pressure Verification as follows 23 24 1 2 3 4 5 Connect a manometer to the NIBP Inflate port located beneath the ECG connector on the PCU If the patient selection is NEO located over the ECG Icon perform the following to select ADULT a Press the lt 4 gt key b Press the Down Arrow key until the PATIENT menu selection is highlighted c Press the lt gt key to select PATIENT d Press the Down Arrow key unti
95. 2 04 ONILOOHSATINOUL 176 Table 9 1 3160 Monitor Field Troubleshooting Procedures Continued If Indication If Indication Symptom Action Normal Indication Is Abnormal Is Normal Parameter b Using DMM check the The battery voltage Fully recharge the WECG Reinstall the battery and Failure Not WECG transmitter measured is gt 3 3 transmitter module battery or proceed to action Working Cont d module 4 1 Vdc battery observe polarity marked on battery replace with a new battery c Check he status of the Error Code Display on the DCU AB213 Power Board see Appendix H Figure H 6 for component locations Left decimal is On lit solid green right decimal is flashing green and all numeric segments are Off extinguished Blank Display Replace the DCU assembly Error Code Displayed Proceed to Appendix G of this manual for further troubleshooting instructions Proceed to action d d Check the communication status of the WECG transmitter module at the DCU The ECG status indicator at the bottom of the Normal Screen see Section 2 Figure 2 2 is not displayed inside a red box with an through it as pictured below Proceed to action e Contact Invivo Technical Service for further troubleshooting assistance e Insert fully charged battery into the WSPO2 transmitter
96. 2 56 X 1 4 LG PHMS XR NM 21 1 FILLER INSERT FOAM TOP PAT MODULE 20 M307C 1 FILLER INSERT FOAM PAT MODULE 19 M3078 1 FILLER INSERT FOAM BOT PAT MODULE 18 1 BOX SHIPPING 0085 0013 00 E 12110 1 LABEL SYS NETWORK WECG WSPO2 16 L2169 1 LABEL RESPIRATORY SPO WSPO2 15 12168 1 LABEL STATUS WECG WSPO 14 L2162 1 LABEL MODEL SERIAL NO WSPO2 13 HS28BN 2 SCREWLOCK FEM 94 40 X 375LG NM 11 HP173 1 FING PNLMNT 1 428UNF 138 06888 10 115 OO TUBING VITON 1 16 1 0 X 1 8 0 0 9 HM898 1 CASE CONN BOTTOM WSPO2 MODULE 8 HMB9A 1 CASE CONN TOP WSPO2 MODULE T 2 1 4 PLUG HOLE PATIENT MODULE 6 8201 2 CONTACT SPRING PATIENT MODULE 5 HM8282 1 CASE BTM OMIT STRN RLF CHRG SLT 4 HMB2A4 1 CASE TOP OMIT SLT HOLE PATIENT MOL 3 H161 1 PIPE LIGHT PNL 125 LG CLEAR 2 45213 1 ASSY ELECTRONICS WSPO2 3160 1 9065 1 BATT 3 TV WRLS PAT MODULE 3160 REF 065 wo 07 DESCRIPTION VAS EMS oww JWT C PER ECN x soo wr Jana DInvivo 8 PER ECN 411329 EAR o10 RELEASED 11103FJK 86108 ances 1 approve 12601 RESEARCH PARKWAY ORLANDO FL 32826 USA REV DESCRIPTI ON BY DATE J 0 ASSEMBLY 9311 THES DOCUMENT 15 CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY AND 15 THE SOLE d iV L VE IN i CMER wes TE NE
97. 240 DCU Display Assembly a b Perform steps on Page 7 17 paragraph 7 9 1 to gain maintenance access to the WPU Assembly On a workbench remove the front panel assembly from the DCU 10 screws Plug the AS201 power cord into a hospital grade AC outlet Plug the other end of the power cord into the AC Input power connector on the AS201 Power Adapter Plug the 3160 power cable AC517 into the AS201 and WPU DC power port Reinstall the batteries in the WPU base and DCU rear battery compartments Set the Power Switches on the WPU and DCU to the ON 9 position the monitor powers up with the WPU running on AS201 18 Vdc output power and the DCU operating on 9064 14 Vdc backup battery power 7 10 Battery Tests Perform the following tests to check for proper battery operation 7 10 1 WPU DCU 9064 14 4 Vdc Battery Test Perform 9064 monitor battery test for the WPU and DCU Assemblies as indicated below a b 7 18 Ensure that the AS201 is connected to the 3160 monitor and the monitor is turned OFF Remove the two 2 batteries from the DCU and or WPU battery compartments the batteries are interchangeable Press the POWER LEVEL button located on each battery see Figure 7 7 and perform the indicated action 1 If all power level LED indicators are extinguished or the right most LED flashes voltage reading bad replace the battery see Page 7 15 paragraph 7 8 4 Dispose of used battery
98. 26 IBP Assembly when the IBP option is installed see Appendix H Figure H 4 for component locations The AS239 WPUT Base Assembly includes the AS215 WPUT Electronics Assembly AS219 PCU Assembly WPU base casters MRI pole and WPU battery compartment re placement batteries ordered separately NOTE A complete list of accessories available for use with the 3160 Series MRI Physiological Monitor in the clinical environment is provided in the front of the 3160 Series MRI Physiological Monitor Operations Manual Invivo Part Number 9569 10 2 SPARE PARTS LIST Release 1 Invivo A 0 LIST OF SYMBOLS 3160 SERVICE MANUAL APPENDIX A LIST OF SYMBOLS The following is a list of symbols for the 3160 monitor P N 9568 Attention Consult Defibrillator proof 1 Rotate Counter clockwise to Open conforms to the Medical N Accompanying 9 Type CF Equipment I Documents IEC 60601 1 Protection o 0 Rotate Clockwise to Against Shock Close Defibrillator proof Patient Gas X Type BF Equipment Input 1 IEC 60601 1 Protection Locked Against Shock ON Main Power LZ Type CF Applied Part N Unlocked O OFF Main Power Alarms ON Materials For Part of Alarms as the Equipment Silenced Direct Current a OFF For Part of Heart Beat the Equipment v Detected Weig
99. 3160 Series MRI Physiological Monitor Field Service Manual DInvivo Invivo Corporation 3160 Series MRI Physiological Monitor Field Service Manual 1 Invivo Invivo Corporation 12601 Research Parkway Orlando FL 32826 1 800 331 3220 1 407 275 3220 WWW invivocorp com Invivo Disclaimer The maintenance instructions and drawings contained in this Service Manual are subject to change without notice and may not reflect the very latest configuration of the equipment NOT FOR UNAUTHORIZED REPRODUCTION AND RESALE 0413 European Authorized Representative Invivo UK Ltd Halifax West Yorkshire United Kingdom Invivo Part Numberf 9568 Release 2 04 2007 Copyright 2006 Invivo Corporation Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 TABLE OF CONTENTS Section Paragraph Title Page LIST OF FIGURES T X vii LIST OF TABLES erp ix EQUIPMENT dass xii USER RESPONSIBILITY xviii 1 0 INERUDVU TUN Pr unessi ssd 1 1 1 1 1 1 or 1 2 LEZ doi c E E 1 2 Bua SSS AAA OAS 1 2 LZ MJ 0 nrc 1 2 141 1 2 122 Patient Connection Unit PCU 1 2 L23 Display Contool Uon D
100. 40 174 HEX NYLON 38 FE10 4 FOOT BLACK PUSH RIVOT 354H 98 NOO2N 4 44 40 SS NM 37 CF33 4 FEED THRU O75uF 10 ANP JAPANESE LANGUAGE 3160DCU 3 6 9r N223A 1 THERMAL 0 5 X 0 5 X 08 36 AS225 1 ASSY BATTERY INTERFACE DCU 3160 LTEM REF DES DESCRIPTION 96 MOB6A TAPE KAPTON 004 THK 1 2 WO ROLL 35 18218 1 ASSY FILTER PLATE POWER 3160DCU 120 1200 1 OVERLAY GRAPHICS 3550 JPN 95 MOO8A A R MOOBA ADHSV SEALNT RTV CLEAR 737 34 AS217 JASSY FILTER PLATE KEYPAD 3160DCU 94 wood 2 0 TAPE OPN CL FM DS 06 X 38W 33 AS216 1 CABLE EXT POWER INPUT 2 50 DCU 3160 93 1244 1 LABEL EMBEDDED BIOS LICENSES 32 AM40 1 PCA KEYBOARD INTERFACE 3550 PORTUGUESE LANGUAGE 3160DCU 3 7 92 12110 1 LABEL ANTENNA 3550 31 AC603 1 CAB POWER RECORDER 31 60DCU LTEM REF PART NO 00 DESCRIPTION 91 121004 1 SWITCHPAD MEMBRANE 3550 30 ACS68B 1 CABLE POWER RECORDER FILTERED 3160 120 L2101P 1 OVERLAY GRAPHICS 3550 90 L2036A O LABEL PRINTER DOOR LT GRAY 29 ACSGBA 1 CABLE POWER RECORDER FILTERED 3160 89 L2028A 1 LABEL 10006 CAUTION DCU 3160 28 40552 1 CABLE EXT POWER INPUT 3160 88 O RECRDER BLACK SERIAL 21 4543 1 CABLE ANTENNA 15 00 LG DANISH LANGUAGE 3160DCU 3 8 87 HS87 7 STAND OFF SCREW MOUNT CIRCUIT BOARD 26 AC542A 1 COMM PORT 85232 3160 LTEN REF DES PART wo DESCRIPTION 86
101. 502123 SONIM VIG AONVNALNIVW 1 7 RUBBER HOSE WT HM93E1 5219 RIGID HOSE WT1 HM93E1 5219 WT1 DETAIL B RUBBER HOSE WT2 HM93E1 5219 DETAIL C SEE DETAILS B 8 C FOR HOSE CONNECTIONS 6 1 SEE CHART SHT 1 L2158C SHOWN NIBP IN NU 54 ISS 58 P 1 NOTE 3 2X d NIBP OUT 66 2 omg TOLERANCES FJK KWv 607 p DInvivo 12601 RESEARCH PARKWAY ORLANDO FL 32826 USA APPROVED 108 DOOENT 16 COMIDENTIAL MO PROPRIETARY AND 15 SOLE PORATION 17 1 NGE SPECIFICATIONS AT ANY TINE PRIOR NOTICE 5 0 ASSEMBLY AS239 ASSY BASE WPU 3160 Tam 20 SCALE SHEET owes WO REV TORT 54 9 20 2 of 4 1958197 E UNO wiOAIAU TVONVW HOLASIHS 0916 8956 N d 81 1 SONIMV UG AONVNALNIVW T 2583123 2 ANGLES xot 010 DRAWN KWV DESIGNED CHECKED gh APPROVED ec PROUECTLON DInvivo 12601 RESEARCH PARKWAY ORLANDO FL 32826 USA ASSEMBLY 5239 ASSY BASE WPU 3160 DIN SCALE TAS
102. 6 2 Required Test Equipment Refer to Section 7 Page 7 1 paragraph 7 2 for a complete list of required test equipment 6 3 DCU Adjustments There are currently no recommended field adjustments for the AS240 DCU Display Assembly 6 4 PCU Adjustments There are currently no recommended field adjustments for the AS219 PCU Assembly 6 5 WPU Adjustments Field adjustments for AS215 WPU Electronics Assembly are provided in the following paragraphs 6 5 1 Setup Perform the following to prepare the AS215 WPU Electronics Assembly for adjustment a Ensure that the 3160 monitor is turned OFF and the AS201 Power Adapter is disconnected b Remove the 9064 backup batteries from the WPU base Perform Section 7 Page 7 13 paragraph 7 8 2 a to remove the Display Assembly NOTE Either the EtCO2 Bench or the Agent Bench can be installed as mutually exclusive options in a particular monitor Ensure that the correct procedure below is performed depending on the option installed in the monitor to be adjusted 6 5 2 2 Adjustment Procedure If the EtCO2 Option is installed Perform the following procedure to adjust the EtCO2 System a Perform Page 6 1 paragraph 6 5 1 to setup the WPU b Setup the WPU for operation in the Keyboard Navigation Nav mode attach a monitor and keyboard as specified in Appendix E of this manual Release 1 ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES 6 1 P N 9568 3160 SERVICE MANUAL
103. 60 Series MRI Patient Monitor Operations Manual Invivo Part Number 9569 1 1 Release 1 REFERENCES Reference 1 Reference 2 blank THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Invivo GLOSSARY NOTE 3160 SERVICE MANUAL A glossary of terms abbreviations and acronyms is presented below followed by the page number associated with the first occurrence of each term in the body of the manual A Alternating Current AC or VAC an elec tric current that reverses its direction at regu larly recurring intervals 2 2 Anesthetic Agent a gas capable of produc ing anesthesia B Battery a cell or connected group of cells that converts chemical energy into electrical energy by reversible chemical reactions and that may be recharged by passing a current through it in the direction opposite to that of its discharge 1 2 BPM beats per minute 5 13 bps bytes per second 4 5 C Calibrate to make precise periodic adjust ments for a particular function 3 0 7 1 Carbon Dioxide CO2 a heavy colorless gas that does not support combustion dis solves in water to form carbonic acid and 18 formed especially in animal respiration and in the decay or combustion of animal and vegetable matter 7 1 D DCU Display Control Unit 1 1 Desflurane DES an inhalation anesthetic with physical characteristics that provide rap id induction of and recovery from anesthe
104. 62 043SS 1 STRIP RF PNL GSKT 4 085 120 gt OVERLAY GRAPHICS 550 FRN 112 NS49N 2 SCR 42 56 X 1 4 LG PHNS XR NM 50 H162 042CC STRIP RF PNL GSKT 3 99 1n NS26N 34 SCR 4 40 X 3 8 LG 5 38 NM 49 H162 04155 4 STRIP RF PNL GSKT 3 895 108 181848 1 SCR 4 40X5 8LG FHMS XR SS NM 48 H162 O31CC 2 STRIP RF GSKT 2 945 SPANISH LANGUAGE 3160DCU 3 4 108 NS183N 2 SCR 4 40X1 4L6 FHSM UC NM 4T H162 023CC 2 STRIP RF GSKT 2 185 ITEM REF DES PART 071 DESCRIPTION 107 NS182N 14 SCR 6 32 X T 16LG PHNS XR SS NM 46 H162 018SS 2 STRIP PNL GSKT 1 71 120 L21015 1 OVERLAY GRAPHICS 3550 SPN 106 NSITIN 2 SCR 2 56X5 16 LG FHMS XR SS 45 H162 018CC 5 STRIP GSKT 1 71 105 181708 2 SCR 42 56X3 16 LG PHMS XR SS 43 H162 016CC 3 STRIP RF GSKT 1 52 104 NSI5N 2 SCR 44 40 X 3 8 FHMS XR UC NM 42 H162 01188 2 STRIP RF GSKT 1 045 ITALIAN LANGUAGE 3160DCU 3 5 103 151298 2 SCR 4 40 X 9 16LG PHNS XR NM 41 H162 008CC 2 STRIP GSKT 76 CHM TEN REF DES NO on DESCRIPTION 101 NS111N 3 SCR 6 32X 1 2L6 FHMS XR NM BO 40 H162 006CC 2 STRIP RF PNL GSKT 57CHMF 120 L21011 1 OVERLAY GRAPHICS 3550 ITL 100 859044 8 5 8 44 40 X 1 4 LG PHNS XR NM 39 FU39 1 FUSE 5 ATO BLADE 99 1009 1 84
105. 7 Page 7 The monitor boots up Replace the DCU Display Return the monitor to Crash Alarm 11 paragraph 7 6 to cold start correctly and the Normal Assembly operation Occurs the DCU Screen is displayed DCU Sound System On the DCU ensure that An audible click tone is Replace the DCU Display Return the monitor to Not Working CLICK TONE in the sounded by the DCU each Assembly operation SOUND ADJUST SETUPS time the control key is Menu is ON then press pressed NORMAL SCREEN control key DCU Not Keeping Perform Time Set Time is recalibrated to the Replace the DCU Display Return the monitor to Accurate Time Verification on the DCU correct time and date Assembly operation 5 see Section 5 Page 5 7 2 paragraph 5 4 6 2 WPU Won t a Setup the WPU for Communicate with operation in the Keyboard 7 DCU Navigation Nav mode attach a monitor and 2 keyboard as specified in c Appendix E of this 2 manual p b On the DCU and WPU DCU WPU Network Change the DCU and or WPU symptoms persist contact ensure that NETWORK Numbers match Network Number s to match Invivo Technical Service for in both SETUPS Menus 15 see Section 8 Page 8 4 further troubleshooting set to the same Network paragraph 8 5 and Page 8 4 assistance Number 1 to 5 paragraph 8 6 respectively ECG Parameter a Remove the WECG Failure Not transmitter module Working battery lt 9 25822 5441
106. 73 DCU Program Update Window Update Completed 7 6 7 4 Sample WPU Program Update Dialog Window sess 7 8 7 5 WPU Program Update Dialog Window Update In 7 9 Release 1 vii P N 9568 3160 SERVICE MANUAL Figure 7 6 7 7 8 1 8 2 9 B 1 B 2 E 1 G 1 H 1 H 2 H 3 H 4 H 5 H 6 Vill LIST OF FIGURES Continued Title Page WPU Program Update Window Update Completed esses 7 9 Battery Label Ke 7 19 Radio Programming I 8 1 Sample Network 8 4 HEIL Network Numbers and 8 4 Main Troubleshooting Flow 9 3 Sample 3160 Manitor ID Label B 2 Sample Assembly Subassembly Label B 2 Keyboard Navigation WPU SV css sous mis E 1 AB213 Power Board Troubleshooting Flow Diagram G 2 WPU Right Rear View Component Location H 2 DCU Front Panel Assembly Component Location H 2 DCU Rear Panel Assembly Component Location H 3 PCU Exploded View Component Location Diagram ern erret tnn H 3 AS201 Power Adapter Front View Component Location Diagram H 4 AB213 Power Board Compo
107. 8 APPENDIX F BAROMETRIC PRESSURE GRAPH BAROMETRIC PRESSURE GRAPH The following graph plots the curve for barometric pressure as a function of altitude Altitudes between sea level A 0 and 10 000 ft A 10 000 elevation are shown on the with 66 99 corresponding calculated values for barometric pressure p on the y axis using the formula 4 088 x 10 12 518 7 0 003564 5256 10000 5000 Pressure vs Altitude x Altitude ft Release 1 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE GRAPH F 1 F 2 blank THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 APPENDIX G AB213 POWER BOARD ERROR CODES G0 AB213 POWER BOARD ERROR CODES WARNING Electrical shock hazard Prior to removing any boxes ensure that power to the monitor has been turned OFF the AS201 Power Adapter is unplugged and the batteries have been removed from the DCU Failure to comply can result in serious injury to personnel and or damage to the monitor s internal circuits G1 Introduction This appendix contains a list of AB213 Power Board malfunction error codes that may be observed while operating or attempting to operate the 3160 monitor Before performing any of the troubleshooting procedures located in this section confirm that the reported error code is present Do not troubleshoot the equipment if the malfunction cann
108. ADIO PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS 8 1 P N 9568 3160 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 d Connect the AS201 Power Adapter to the unit to be programmed NOTE The HE61 RF antenna should be disconnected from the jack on the DCU rear panel and power removed from the unit not being programmed while performing the procedures in this section Turn ON the unit Type WIT 8 The radio configuration window 18 displayed on the screen The following header information is displayed in the window F1 Help F10 Change Baud F11 Toggle Echo F12 Exit h If 28800 BAUD is also displayed new radio or radio pre programmed for 28 8Kbps nn n baud rate go to step j if not perform step 1 Press lt 10 gt key until the above baud rate is displayed then press lt Enter gt to select it i Proceed to paragraph 8 4 below to program the 119 transceivers for your system 119 Programming for Single DCU Communications Perform the following steps to program a base WPU unit for remote radio communications with a single DCU unit 8 2 a Enter radio parameter data into the HE119 transceiver s memory by performing the following steps Each radio parameter is entered by typing a two letter code and then the applicable value associated with that code For example the two letter code to set the radio s transceiver mode is wb To specify a transceiver mode value of 1 base the programmer should then type wb1 lt Enter gt
109. AS201 Power Adapter d Disconnect the AS201 Power Adapter from the DCU The DCU Power Indicator illuminates solid yellow to indicate that the unit is operating 14 Vdc output power from the two 2 9064 backup batteries f Set the Power Switch on the DCU to the OFF 6 position g The DCU Power Indicator extinguishes to indicate the unit is shut down and no longer operating on battery power h Set the Power Switch DCU to the ON position to power up the monitor on battery power 1 The DCU Power Indicator returns to a yellow illuminated state the unit powers up j Set the Power Switch on the PCU to the OFF 5 position NOTE The DCU Power Indicator will flash to indicate loss of the radio communication link with the HE119 transceiver located in the WPU k When the backup battery input voltage is sufficiently depleted the DCU Power Indicator changes color from yellow to red and a WARNING LOW BATTERY message is displayed to indicate that battery power failure 15 imminent 1 The DCU Power Indicator extinguishes upon power failure m Set the Power Switch on the DCU to the OFF 6 position n Reconnect the AS201 Power Adapter to the DCU 0 Set the Power Switches on the PCU and DCU to the ON position the monitor powers up 5 2 CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES Release 1 Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 p The DCU Power Indicator illuminates solid green to indicate fac
110. AS201 front panel is illuminated 5 4 DCU Verification See Figure 5 1 Perform the following procedure to verify the proper operation of the AS240 DCU Assembly nob A ES ver brain i dcator Figure 5 1 DCU Front Panel Release 1 CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES 5 1 P N 9568 3160 SERVICE MANUAL 5 4 1 Setup Pretest Inspection Perform the following to prepare the DCU for calibration and verification a Ensure that the Power Switches the PCU and DCU are initially set to the OFF 5 position b Lift the DCU out of the retaining slot at the top of the MRI pole Connect the AS201 Power Adapter to the DCU and ensure all WPU DCU batteries are installed d On workbench situated in the same room as the WPU inspect the AS240 DCU Display Assembly for any external damage i e dents cracked display loose or broken connectors hardware and legible panel stenciling 5 4 2 Power Switch and Power Indicator Verification Perform the following procedure to verify proper operation of the Power Switch and Power Indicator a DCU Power Indicator flashes green to indicate the presence of 18 Vdc output power from the AS201 Power Adapter b Set the Power Switches on the PCU and DCU to the ON position the monitor powers up The DCU Power Indicator illuminates solid green to indicate that the unit is operating on 18 Vdc output power from
111. CERO 9 8 NIBP Parameter Failure Not DROGAS rar NEC ERE is 9 9 Agents Parameter with EtCO2 Failure Not Working 9 11 Measurements Not Working css amu kde adas 9 12 IBP Parameter Failure Not Woking asis assistant dis 9 13 F O TEMP Parameter Failure Not WOT ing 9 14 RESP Parameter Failure Not DEBE sisina gs 9 15 EtCO2 Parameter Failure Not 9 16 9 2 IROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES Release 1 Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 D rumD n Ime GAOMIO 2 20 4 00 START ConfirmFault OnBench NOTE InvivoCorporationassumes noresponsibilityfor Stapa Equipment damagesincurredduring or P asaresultof maintenance 1 bytechnicianswhoarenot certified by Invivo Stepb c Verify Corporation SystemConnections Connections Stepd Reattachalldisconnected Good cables hoses Stepf Troubleshoot thelndicatedFault Defective Ho PerformAdditionalStepsSpecified Replaced inthe TroubleshootingProcedure Siepg Perform the SystemTest andVeritication fortheapplicable betorereturningihe monitortooperation Forfurther troubleshootingassistance contactilnvivoCorporation TechnicalServiceat 407 27 5 32200r 800 331 3220 F AXat 407 249 2022 FINISH Returnto Service Legend RoundorOval Thesesymbolsare SquareorRectangle Thess usedtoprov
112. CTOR PCU 3160 6 50 2 2 DRESS 3500 5 HC43 4 E RING RETAINING 072 10 4 45226 0 HOUSING SHIELD IBP PCU 3160 3 AC602 O CABLE INTERCONNECT I BP 3160 2 18249 0 CONN ADAPTER 3160 1 404019 2 5 16 THD 1 8 BARB ASY PR LTEM REF DES PART NO Qr DESCRIPTION ORENSE SPECIFIED 1AE x DRAWN MSS DESIGNED FJK POULI PER ECN 11305 EAR 51806 CHECKED A RELEASED 11002FJK DTSEPOS 05 APPROVED REV DESCRIPTI ON BY DATE t sus CORPORA ON 11 15 HOTT 36 DISCLOSED 10 ANY USED 1 ANY CER MINE THO RUTTEN IO CORPORATION MAINTAINS ME RICHT or s E ANY TIME WITHOUT PREOR NIC 10 CANCE SPECIE THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION DInvivo 12601 RESEARCH PARKWAY ORLANDO FL 32826 USA ASSEMBLY AS219 ASSY PAT CNNCTN UNI T PCU 3160 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING 11 Prot CAD SCALE SET JOWG NO REV 3 4 1958106 B zr REV E 8956 N d TVONVW HOIASIHS 0916 wiOAIAU 25021231 SONIM VG AONVNALNIVW Let ENGLISH LANGUAGE 3160DCU 3 1
113. CU iscriere a EE E AE EEEE REO 1 3 d o NEUSS 1 3 131 1 3 132 SPOOZ and Respiration Momitoring usa 1 4 1 4 How to Use This Manual e esam rus 1 4 Field Seryice Replacement RERUM 1 4 1312 Depa 1 6 L3 MORE US sem 1 6 20 INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT 2 1 2 1 I 2 1 ccm 2 1 2 3 Preparing 3160 Series MRI Physiological Monitoring System for Use 2 1 24 0 2 1 Tormine the Momitor M E 2 2 26 Opetationdl Checkout MOREM 2 3 30 IU Wy Me 3 1 3 1 Hie deir eH EN TETTE E 3 1 32 Controls ang dU ru 3 1 zad DCU oq T 3 1 d DCU Rear Pame rr 3 2 222 DCU Side m 3 3 WPU Front Panel 3 3 Ms WPO io duo MERERETUR RS 3 4 PCU Front 3 5 o s ktos sada 3 6 Release 1 1 P N 9568 3160 SERVICE MANUAL Section Paragraph Title Page WSPO2 Tronsmitter Module 3 7 dd AS2W1 Power RETOUR 3 8 3 2 10 WECG WSPO2 Patient Module Battery Charger esses 3 9 WVPULU Battery Kiss 3 9 22 ciii
114. DCU Using the system clock in the upper left hand corner of the DCU display repeatedly compress the pillow sensor approximately twice every second to simulate a breathing pattern Verify a flashing lung and an approximate respiration rate of 120 lower value on the EtCO2 icon are displayed on the DCU Disconnect the pillow sensor from the transmitter 5 6 4 NIBP Verification Perform the following to verify proper operation of the NIBP system a b Release 1 Setup the WPU for operation in the Keyboard Navigation Nav mode attach a monitor and keyboard as specified in Appendix E of this manual Type nav Setup the NIBP as follows 1 Press the lt 4 gt key 2 Press the Down Arrow key until the SERVICE BIO MED menu selection is highlighted 3 Press the lt gt key to select SERVICE BIO MED 4 Press the Down Arrow key until the NIBP TESTS menu selection is highlighted 5 Press the Enter key to select NIBP TESTS 6 Press the Down Arrow key until the CALIBRATE menu selection is highlighted 7 Press the lt Enter gt key to display NIBP Cal Screen see Section 3 Figure 3 16 NIBP Calibration Test Verify the following for both Primary Sense and Secondary Inflate Transducers 1 PRI mary a OFFSET PRESS 9 5 b PRESS READING 0 41 2 SEC ondary a OFFSET PRESS 10 5 b PRESS READING 0 1 Connect Pressure Test
115. DES G 1 P N 9568 3160 SERVICE MANUAL Invivo G3 213 Power Board Error Codes list of error codes hardware failure indications for the DCU AB213 power board is provided in numeric sequence in Table G 1 2 umzu m um START ConfirmFault OnBench NOTE InvivoCorporationassumes noresponsibilityfor i N Stepas Equipment damagesincurredduring or 1 asaresultof maintenance bytechnicianswhoarenot certified by Invivo L Stepb c Verify Corporation SystemConnections H E K 5 Connections L Stepd Reattachalldisconnected Good cables hoses F U L T 5 O L A T t Defective No N Part PertormAdditionalStepsSpecified Replaced intheTroubleshootingProcedure Stepg Perform the SystemTest andVertfication fortheapplicable ReplacedPart beforereturningthe FINISH monitortooperation Forfurther troubleshootingassistance X contactInvivoCorporation TechnicalServiceat 407 275 32200r 800 331 3220 FAXat 407 249 2022 ReturntoService Legend RoundorOval Thesesymbolsare SquareorRectangle These usedtoprovideinformation symbolsareused whenthere TroubleshootingFlow CircledLetter Thissymbolisusedtomove O Diamond Thissymbolisused thetechnicianfromplacetoplaceonthe Figure G 1 AB213 Power Board Troubleshooting Flow Diagram 213 POWER BOARD ERROR CODES Release 1 2583123 SHQOO QAV
116. DIO NETWORK 10 3160 6 ACST2A1 1 CABLE FLEXIBLE LIGHT PIPE ST ST 67 NWIIN 2 WASHER FLAT 6X 312X 048 SS NM 5 ACSGS 1 CABLE COAX SMA MALE SMA MALE 60 OLG 66 NSISTAM 2 SCR 1 4 20XT 16LG SHCS SS NM 4 AC564 1 CBL POLE MLT FNCTN INTRCNCT WPU 3160 65 NS26N 6 SCR 4 40 X 3 8 LG PHMS XR NM 1 1825 PCA POWER SHOE WPU 3160 LTEM REF DES PART NO 07 DESCRIPTION PER 11352 EaR BFEBOG om PIMOS PER 11255 4JANO6 DESIGNED KWV cole PER 11243M EAR 20DECOS CHECKED A RELEASED PER 11002 288805 ANGLES REV DESCRIPTION BY DATE PER ECN 411396 KWV 21MARO6 rus 15 PROPRIETARY ANO 15 SOLE CORPORATION 11 15 HOT TO 3 DISCLOSED 10 at REV DESCRIPTION DATE cac or s PROPERTY Iv PARTY USED IN ANY CER MINER IO CORPORATION MAINTAINS ME RICT TO CHANGE SPECIFICATIONS AT ANY TIME WITHOUT PRIOR NOTICE APPROVED THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION 12601 RESEARCH PARKWAY ORLANDO FL 32826 USA ASSEMBLY AS239 ASSY BASE WPU 3160 DO NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING 11 Prot CAD SCALE SET NO REV 9 20 11014 1958197 UNO 8956 TVONVW HOIASIHS 0916 wiOAIAU 2
117. E 7 9 P N 9568 7 10 15 3160 SERVICE MANUAL Invivo When the SERVICE BIO MED menu appears turn the Rotary Knob until the SW ID item is highlighted and press the knob once again In the window that is now displayed verify that the WPU contains the expected program elements If so close the WPU s rear panel cover If not repeat this reprogramming procedure If after repeating this procedure the unit is still not programmed correctly contact Invivo Technical Support for further instructions WPU Program Recovery If the reprogramming of a WPU is interrupted or halted due to the WPU losing power or the removal of the USB program update device it is possible that the unit may no longer function properly To determine if the WPU is still functional when this has happened perform the procedure below 1 2 3 4 5 If the WPU is currently powered ON turn it OFF If the USB program update device is still inserted into the WPU remove it Turn the WPU on If the DCU that 1s being used with the WPU does not show that communication with the WPU has been established within one 1 minute it is likely that the WPU is no longer functional If the WPU 15 functional repeat the normal WPU Program Update procedure given in subparagraph c to ensure that the WPU is correctly reprogrammed with all necessary program elements on the USB program update device If the WPU is not functional perform the following proced
118. E MANUAL Invivo 7 11 1 Replacement Parts General purpose replacement parts can be found by referencing the Spare Parts List in Section 10 as well as the Maintenance Drawings contained in Appendix J of this manual These drawings are listed in the Drawing Index see Table J 1 located at the beginning of the Appendix Once the assembly of interest is located turn to the indicated page number to examine the corresponding system level drawing and or diagram Parts lists are included in each assembly drawing Subassemblies can then be cross referenced by find numbers 1 or applicable reference designators REF DES listings both on the drawings and in the associated parts lists The USED ON column in the Drawing Index designates to which specific model option and or equipment configuration each drawing applies 7 11 2 Accessories A complete list of accessories available for use with the 3160 Series MRI Physiological Monitor is provided in the front of the 3160 Series MRI Physiological Monitor Operations Manual Invivo Part Number 9569 7 20 MAINTENANCE Release 1 Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 SECTION 8 RADIO PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS 8 0 RADIO PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS NOTE Contact Invivo Corporation s Technical Support staff see Section 1 Page 1 6 paragraph 1 5 to acquire the latest programming command lines before attempting to reprogram the radio s 8 1 Introduction The
119. ECKOUT This section includes monitor preinstallation installation mounting procedures as well as instructions for turning the monitor on and performing a quick hardware performance check of the monitor OPERATION This section contains maintenance significant descriptions of the monitor s controls and indicators and provides maintenance related monitor operating procedures THEORY OF OPERATION This section provides system level theory of operation for the monitor including primary power distribution and radio transceiver information overall block diagram and primary power distribution diagram are also included for general reference purposes CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES This section contains all of the field calibration and verification procedures for the monitor These procedures should be run either after corrective maintenance is performed or during regularly scheduled preventive maintenance activities as specified in this manual ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES This section contains all of the field adjustment procedures for the monitor These procedures should be run either after corrective maintenance is performed or during regularly scheduled preventive maintenance activities as specified in this manual INTRODUCTION 1 5 P N 9568 3160 SERVICE MANUAL Section Description 7 MAINTENANCE This section contains general purpose field maintenance instructions for servicing the monitor These instruc
120. ED HARDWARE ROUTE WIRES TOWARDS BOTTOM OF CAVITY AND ORIENT PA249A CONNECTOR ITEM 40 SUCH THAT THE TERMINAL ON THE RED WIRE CAN BE INSERTED INTO POSITION 1 AND THE BLK WIRE INTO POSITION 2 POSITION 1038 TOROIDAL CORE ITEM 42 ON OTHER SIDE OF CABINET WALL AND INSERT THE BLACK AND WHITE WIRES OF AC519 MAIN POWER INPUT ASSY ITEM 3 THRU THE EXTERIOR CABINET WALL THRU THE INTERIOR WALL AND THEN THRU THE TOROIDAL CORE SNAP AC FILTER INTO POSITION WRAP BLACK AND WHITE WIRES AROUND CORE SEVEN TIMES ONCE COMPLETED GRASP PA456A CONNECTOR ITEM 41 AND INSERT BLACK WIRE WITH TERMINAL INTO THE 1 POSITION INSERT THE WHITE INTO POSITION 43 PLUG TERMINAL FROM PREVIOUSLY INSTALLED 152 GROUND WIRE INTO THE GND TERMINAL FOUND AT THE TOP OF THE AC FILTER FASTEN THE AC FILTER TO THE CABINET USING TWO NS98N SCREWS ITEM 34 ORIENT AC515 DC POWER OUTPUT CABLE ITEM 2 THROUGH CABINET HOLE AND MOUNT METAL CONNECTOR TO STUDS PROVIDED ON CABINET ORIENT THE GROUND WIRE TO THE UPPER MOST STUD AND FASTEN IT IN PLACE USING A NW44N WASHER AND NO29 HEX NUT ITEM 28 USE SAME HARDWARE TO SECURE CONNECTOR TO REMAINING POST MOUNT CONNECTOR ON AC515 TO LOWER CONNECTOR 42 OF POWER INTERCONNECT PCA MOUNT CONNECTOR FROM FEED THRU CAPS TO J1 CONNECTOR OF POWER INTERCONNECT PCA MOUNT LED CONNECTOR TO FINAL CONNECTOR 23 APPLY 2 INCH LONG M267A BLACK THERMAL PAD ITEM 24 TO HM87C POWER ADAPTER BRACKET ITEM 16
121. EDURES Release 1 Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 SECTION 7 MAINTENANCE 7 0 MAINTENANCE 7 1 Introduction This section includes a comprehensive test equipment list as well as procedures for conducting preventive corrective maintenance and cleaning on the 3160 Series MRI Physiological Monitor Software update cold start procedures assembly disassembly procedures battery tests and guidelines for using the Spare Parts List in Section 10 of this manual and the Maintenance Drawings provided in Appendix J to identify and order replacement parts for the monitor are also provided in this section 7 2 Required Test Equipment The following general purpose test equipment is required to perform field calibration verification adjustment and preventive corrective maintenance procedures on the Model 3160 monitors NOTE For convenience procedures that require test measurements are marked throughout this manual with the symbols that represent each piece of general purpose test equipment 1 DMM Oscilloscope etc The graphic content of the test equipment displays is generic and does not necessarily depict the actual test readings and or waveforms to be observed Digital Multimeter DMM IBM compatible VGA SVGA pc monitor IBM compatible standard pc keyboard Pressure Manometer Patient Simulator ECG 60 300 BPMs 0 5 to 2 mV amplitude square wave at 2 Hz 40 foot NIBP Hose Pressure Simulator 0 to
122. IELD BOX POWER 3160 99 NOO6N 2 NUT HEX 42 56 SS NM 37 AP64 0 ASSY F102 SENSER COUPLER 3160 98 NOO3N 1 NUT HEX 48 32 SS NM 36 AP63 1 ASSY PNEUMATIC WPU 3160 97 NOO2N 0 NUT HEX 44 40 SS NM 35 AC616 0 CAB COAX SMA MALE SMA MALE 5 LG 96 NOOIN 0 NUT HEX 46 32 SS NM 34 608 0 CAB A8257 F150 DATA WPU 3160 95 M223A 1 PAD THERMAL 0 5 X 0 5 X 08 33 AC606 0 10P ETCO2 COMWPWR 3160 94 2 0 STRIP ADH 75 06 X5 0 32 16605 0 CABLE ETCO2 COMW PWR 3160 93 MOSO MR ADHESIVE LOCTITE 425 BLU ASSUR 31 16562 1 CAB GATING WPU 3160 92 MO14 MR COMPOUND HEAT SINK THRM JOINT 30 560 1 CAB BATTERY POWER WPU 3160 91 Moo MR ADHESIVE LOCTI TE 262 RED THDLK 29 AC559 0 CAB EXT 1 0 AGNTS MDL WPU 3160 90 12159 1 OVERLAY WPU 3160 28 558 1 EXT 1 0 PNEUM SIG 3160 89 HS91 1 SUPPT PCB 1 1 8 LG MINIBASE ADHESIVE 27 16557 1 CAB P S PNEUM DRV SIG WPU 3160 88 HS88 8 STNDF 3 16HEX F F 42 56 25 NY 26 AC553 0 CAB DATA TEMP MODULE WPU 3160 87 HS87 6 STAND OFF SCREW MOUNT CIRCUIT BOARD 25 AC546 1 CAB COAX BNC SMA MALE 12 00 LG 86 HS55 4 STNDFF 25 WF 44 40 x 500 NY 24 16545 2 CAB COAX SMA MALE FEMALE 12 00 85 HS4T 0 STNDFF 25 HX M F 44 40 x 25LG BR 23 1543 1 ANTENNA 15 00 LG 84 HS42 3 STAND OFF HEX F F 4 40 X 50 NY 22 405428 1 CABLE COMM PORT 85232 WPU 3160 83 HS28N 6 SCREWLOCK FEM
123. J 28 MAINTENANCE DRAWINGS Release 1 25891230 SONIM VG AONVNALNIVW 621 33 APPLY STREAM OF MOO RED LOCTITE LTEM 127 TO THREADS BEFORE INSTALLING SCREW EAR BIAIS Kw suns Invivo 12601 PARKWAY ORLANDO FL 321 ASSEMBLY AS240 ASSY DISPLAY DCU 3160 ten 086 10 REY 2 3015 1958198 SOLI Ter EV E wiOAIAU TVONVW HOLASIHS 0916 8956 N d 0 f SONIMV UG AONVNALNIVW 25831231 BY 07 RENOVE AND DISCARD RIVET 1138 M oram KWV 12601 APPROVED DInvivo ORLANDO FL 32826 US ASSEMBLY 5240 DISPLAY DCU 3160 E 1 2 4015 1958198 SHEET DWG 10 Rev TVONVW HOIASIHS 0916 8956 N d wiOAIAU 2502123 SONIM VG AONVNALNIVW D Invivo KWAY ORLANDO ASSEMBLY AS240 DISPLAY DCU 3160 SHEET 086 10 Rev 8015 1958198 TVONVW HOLASIHS 0916 8956 N d cet SONIMV UG AONVNALNIVW
124. NT OF COMPANY VO CORPORATION MAINTAINS 16 RIGHT SPECIFICATIONS AT ANY TIME WITHOUT PRIOR NOTICE tej c3 DInvivo 12601 RESEARCH PARKWAY ORLANDO FL 32826 USA FE ASSEMBLY AS215 ASSY WRLSS PROC UNI T WPU 3160 Tam war 20 SCALE owes NO SCALE THIS oRAWING 11 Ret NONE 5 of 6 195B102 C Way E 8956 TVONVW HOIASIHS 0916 wiOAIAU 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 Oj a 2 8 ss 5 gt 2 35 02 5 gt 559 58 xS 24 i sc Ge z 245 e E al re Biles 28 s zs ey et 8 a uua 5 5 p ri E g ja 8 8 E pe 26 2 1 Release 1 MAINTENANCE DRAWINGS J 25 ETCO2 GAS OPTION 1 3160WPU 5 1 ITEM REF DES PART NO ay DESCRIPTION 9 HM92E1 1 BRKT MNT FLSH WATERTRAP 3160 10 HM92E2 1 RECEPTACLE WATERTRAP 3160 19 151 651 2 568 M2 X 4 SELF TAP FHMS SS NM 24 HP174 1 WATER TRAP DSPSBL ETCO2 3160 ANESTH AGENTS GAS OPTION 2 3160WPU 5 2 LTEM REF DES PART NO Qm DESCRIPTION 9 HM92E1 1 BRKT MNT FLSH WATERTRAP 3160 10 92 2 1 JRECEPTACLE WATERTRAP 3160 19 NS165N 2 SCR M2 X 4 SELF TAP FHMS SS NM 24 169 1 WATER TRAP DSPSBL AGENTS 3160
125. O E D Table G 1 AB213 Power Board Error Codes Error Code Hex Title Description Corrective Action s 01 P3 3SuErC 3 3 Vdc System Power Start Up Error Replace the DCU Display Assembly 02 P3 3RunErC 43 3 Vdc System Power Run Error 03 P5VSuErC 5 Vdc System Power Start Up Error 04 P5VRunErC 5 Vdc System Power Run Error 05 PI2VSuErC 412 Vdc System Power Start Up Error 06 P12VRunErC 412 Vdc System Power Run Error 07 RI2VSuErC Recorder Power Start Up Error Replace the DCU Display Assembly 08 R12VRunErC Recorder Power Run Error 09 Pos5VLErC Power Board 5VL to Processor 3 3VL Replace the DCU Display Assembly 11 SysKArunC Motherboard Keep Alive Circuit Run Error Replace the DCU Display Assembly 12 SysKAstrtC Motherboard Keep Alive Circuit Start Error 13 MbComErC Motherboard Communications Error 14 MemErC Power Board Memory Error 15 Power Board Clock Oscillator Error 16 LoRawVErC 9064 Battery Low Voltage Error a Remove the 9064 batteries from the DCU under test and ensure the AS201 power adapter is plugged into that unit b Cycle power to the unit Ifthe Error Code is still displayed replace the DCU Display Assembly if the Error Code is not displayed proceed to action d d Turn DCU power OFF and insert the batteries Recharge the batteries for a minimum of 8 hours
126. Observe the WARNING prompt is removed from the display and all trend and patient data are erased If the Recorder option is installed Verify the RECORD Control Key as follows a b c d CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES Press the RECORD Control Key Observe that the printer on the DCU left side panel begins to print Press the RECORD Control Key Observe that the printout is aborted this is not immediately apparent as a Patient Information Area 18 printed before the printer actually stops 5 5 P N 9568 3160 SERVICE MANUAL Button Step 13 NORMAL SCREEN 14 STAND 15 Verify NORMAL SCREEN Control Key as follows a Press the NORMAL SCREEN Control Key b Observe that pressing this Control Key returns the monitor to the Normal Screen when any menu is displayed Pressing this key has no effect if no menu is displayed Verify the STANDBY Control Key as follows a Press the STANDBY Control Key b Observe that all audible alarms are disabled the disabled alarms are indicated on the display screen by an through the bell shaped Alarm Status Symbol and active NIBP automatic measurements are suspended c Press the STANDBY Control Key a second time d Observe that all audible alarms are enabled the X through the bell shaped Alarm Status Symbol 15 removed and active NIBP automatic measurements are resumed after selectio
127. P N 9568 Press the SETUP Control Key Turn the Rotary Knob to select the STORE SETUPS menu selection Press the Rotary Knob to select STORE SETUPS Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the A menu selection Press the Rotary Knob to select A Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the YES menu selection Press the Rotary Knob to select YES Toggle the DCU Power Switch OFF then back ON after 5 seconds Once the Normal Screen appears press the SETUP Control Key Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the RECALL SETUPS menu selection Press the Rotary Knob to select RECALL SETUPS Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the A menu selection Press the Rotary Knob to select A Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the YES menu selection Press the Rotary Knob to select YES Verify the presence of the EtCO2 and AGENTS icons on the display 5 4 8 Cold Start Verification Perform the following procedure to verify the proper operation of the Cold Start feature 1 Cold start the see Section 7 Page 7 11 paragraph 7 6 When the Normal Screen is displayed press the SETUP Control Key Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the RECALL SETUPS menu selection Press the Rotary Knob to select RECALL SETUPS Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the A menu selection Press the Rotary Knob to select A Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the YES menu selection Press the Rotary Knob to select YES Verify Cold Start by the absence o
128. PAIR Appendix C WARRANTY Appendix D PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS Appendix E WPU KEYBOARD NAVIGATION FEATURE Appendix BAROMETRIC PRESSURE GRAPH Appendix G AB213 POWER BOARD ERROR CODES Appendix H COMPONENT LOCATION DIAGRAMS Appendix I PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHART Appendix J MAINTENANCE DRAWINGS A GLOSSARY INDEX and list of REFERENCES are also included in the back of this manual for ease of user reference 1 4 2 Depot Repair Defective monitors can also be shipped to Invivo for internal testing and repair see Appendix B once prior return authorization has been obtained from our in house Technical Support engineers Invivo s trained technicians can perform more detailed verification checks equipment adjustments troubleshooting fault isolation and repair at the subassembly or circuit board level When faulty monitors have been repaired and thoroughly checked for proper operation Invivo will ship the repaired items back to the biomedical field technician for final verification and return to service in the clinical environment 1 5 Contact Us Invivo Corporation s Technical Support engineers are available 24 hours day to assist clinical engineering personnel in troubleshooting and repairing Invivo Corporation s products They are experts in our product line and are qualified to help you resolve any issues that may arise Internationally Invivo Research utilizes distributors who are well trained on our pr
129. PERATION 3 11 P N 9568 3160 SERVICE MANUAL NOTE The contents of the SIMULATION Screen may vary depending on the options installed in the monitor Figure 3 14 Sample SIMULATION Strip Chart Recording G 3 12 NIBP TESTS Selecting this menu option will bring up the WPU NIBP TESTS Menu Figure 3 15 LEAK TEST RETURN RETURN Figure 3 15 WPU NIBP TESTS Menu The following options are provided in this menu OPERATION Release 1 Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 a CALIBRATE Selecting this menu option will display Offset Pressure OFFSET PRESS and Actual Pressure PRESS READING values in the WPU NIBP CAL Screen Figure 3 16 These are used to verify and calibrate the internal NIBP primary and secondary transducers To display these readings highlight the CALIBRATE menu option and press the Rotary Knob to exit this screen press the Rotary Knob a second time NIBP CAL OFFSET PRESS PRESS READING PRI SEC Figure 3 16 WPU NIBP CAL Screen WARNING Never initiate a Leak Test with an NIBP cuff attached to a patient Continuous cuff pressure could lead to patient injury b LEAK TEST Selecting this menu option will display the NIBP LEAK TEST Screen Figure 3 17 with the Peak beginning Pressure and Final current Pressure displayed along wi
130. Press the Rotary Knob to select TRACE 1 4 Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the ECG 1 menu selection 5 Press the Rotary Knob to select ECG 1 6 Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the TRACE 2 menu selection 7 Press the Rotary Knob to select TRACE 2 8 Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the OFF menu selection 9 Press the Rotary Knob to select OFF 10 Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the SWEEP SPEED menu selection 11 Press the Rotary Knob to select SWEEP SPEED 12 Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the 25 mm s menu selection 13 Press the Rotary Knob to select 25 mm s Press the RECORD Control Key wait five 5 seconds and press the RECORD Control Key a second time Verify the following 1 The paper comes out smoothly with all printing performed clearly 2 The printout has a deflection of 10 mm 2 blocks 3 Verify that the LO speed printout is a full cycle of 15 mm 2 5 blocks 1 mm Setup the Recorder as follows 1 Press the RECORDER SETUP Control Key 2 Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the SWEEP SPEED menu selection 3 Press the Rotary Knob to select SWEEP SPEED 4 Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the 50 mm s menu selection 5 Press the Rotary Knob to select 50 mm s Press the RECORD Control Key wait five 5 seconds and press the RECORD Control Key a second time Verify that the HI speed printout is a full cycle of 30 mm 5 blocks 1 mm Setup the Recorder as follows 1
131. Press the Rotary Knob to select lead II g Press the NORMAL SCREEN Control Key Disconnect the Patient Simulator and ECG transmitter Dual ECG Verification Trace B If the Dual ECG option is installed Perform the following procedure to verify proper operation of the Dual Lead ECG system 1 2 3 Insert a fully charged battery pack into the ECG transmitter Attach the ECG leads on the WECG transmitter to the ECG Patient Simulator terminals as indicated in Page 5 13 Table 5 1 Set the Patient Simulator to output a 0 5mV QRS pulse at 60 BPMs NORMAL SINUS mode Setup the ECG as follows a Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the ECG Icon b Press the Rotary Knob to bring up the ECG Menu c Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the TRACE A LEAD menu selection d Press the Rotary Knob to select TRACE A LEAD e Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the OFF menu selection f Press the Rotary Knob to select lead OFF g Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the TRACE B LEAD menu selection h Press the Rotary Knob to select TRACE B LEAD i Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the II menu selection Press the Rotary Knob to select II k Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the FILTER MODE menu selection 1 Press Rotary Knob to bring up the FILTER MODE Menu m Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the MON menu selection n Press the Rotary Knob to select MON 0 Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the SCALE
132. QRS pulse at 60 BPMs f Verify the following 1 2 3 4 ga Trace A shows a waveform train of moving ORS pulses without jittering Trace A numerics indicate an ECG count of 60 1 BPM The QRS Symbol flashing heart is present QRS Heart Rate Tone is present with NO double tones Set the Patient Simulator to output a 2 mV QRS pulse at 120 BPMs h Verify the following 1 Trace A shows a waveform train of moving QRS pulses without jittering 2 Trace A numerics indicate an ECG count of 120 1 BPM 3 The QRS Symbol flashing heart is present 4 QRS Heart Rate Tone is present with NO double tones 1 Set the Patient Simulator to output a 2 mV QRS pulse at 240 BPMs 5 14 CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES Release 1 Invivo o B B Release 1 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 Verify the following 1 Trace A shows a waveform train of moving QRS pulses without jittering 2 numerics indicate an ECG count of 240 5 BPMs 3 The QRS Symbol flashing heart is present 4 ORS Heart Rate Tone is present with NO double tones Set the Patient Simulator to output a 2 mV QRS pulse at 300 BPMs Verify lead alternately flashes 250 and Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the ECG Icon Press the Rotary Knob to bring up the ECG Menu Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the CALIBRATE menu selection Press the Rotary Knob to select ECG
133. R 33 1551 2 508 46 32 X 3 4LG PHNS NY 32 NS26N 2 SCR 44 40 X 3 8 LG PHMS XR NM 31 1501 1 SCR 46 32 X 3 8 LG PHNS XR NY 30 1028 2 NUT HEX 46 32 NY 29 NOO3N 2 NUT HEX 48 32 SS NM 28 1029 2 44 40 HEX SS NM 27 NOON 4 NUT HEX 46 32 SS NM 26 M032 8 0 FASTENER LOOP BLACK 1 WIDE 25 M031 8 0 FASTENER HOOK BLACK 17 WIDE 24 M267A 1 PAD BLACK THERMAL 2 0 X 1 2 X 08 23 M223C 1 PAD THERMAL 1 0 X 1 0 X 08 NOT SHO 22 MOSO A R ADHESIVE LOCTITE 425 BLU ASSUR 21 12183 3 LBL WARNING AC ADAPTER MRI 20 12149 1 LBL INPUT VOLT AC ADAPTER 45201 MRI 19 L2148 1 LBL PRODUCT 1 0 AC ADAPTER A520 MRI 18 L185 1 LABEL DATE OF MANUFACTURE 17 LISTA 1 LABEL C E COMPLIANCE MOD SENKO 16 HM87C 1 BRKT PCA POWER ADAPTER MRI 15 HM87B 1 COVER POWER ADAPTER MRI 14 HMBTA 1 BOX POWER ADAPTER MRI 13 HION 2 INSULATOR THERMALLY CONDUCTIVE 12 1 BINDING POST METAL 11 HE118 1 POWER SUPPLY 65W 18V 3 6A SI 10 HC28 1 08 5 16 10 X 7 16MH X 1 166V 9 H159 2 STRIP RF PNL GSKT 23 X 6 460L 8 158 2 STRIP RF PNL GSKT 23 X 3 895L 1 155 1 GSKT EMI U CHNL 1608 X 30 6 Aw154 1 GROUND POWER SUPPLY 3550 5 AcS21 1 CAB LED POWER INDICATOR 5201 4 520 1 DC OUTPUT FLTR 15201 3 10519 1 CAB INPUT MAIN POWER 45201 2 4 515 1 DC POWER OUTPUT 5201 1 18223 1 INTRCNCT 48201 3155 SERIES L
134. RE SHEETS im PANY INVIVO CORPORATION MAINTAINS THE RIGHT POELIER pag p oA IEEE SRST Tra NONE 3 of 6 1958102 C SE 2502123 SONIM VG AONVNALNIVW TVONVW HOLASIHS 0916 I naw ELT s KWV Invivo can 1 12601 RESEARCH PARKWAY ORLANDO FL 32826 USA UI 4 fA ASSEMBLY AS215 JUDI PROPRIETARY 15 16 SOLE sace A DITE ME SOE Y L ASSY WRLSS PROC UNI T WPU 3160 RT 1 Do STRE Ne im PANY INVIVO CORPORATION MAINTAINS THE RIGHT POELIER SS RUS SRST oe NONE 4 of 6 1958102 C SE 8956 N d Vct SONIM VG AONVNALNIVW eseojposp NOTES USE A QUANTITY OF 2 PGO3 CARD GUIDE ITEM 127 WHEN USED ON 255 PCA ITEM 13 USE A QUANTITY OF 1 PGO3 CARD GUIDE ITEM 127 ATTACHING TO ONLY HM91G ITEM 69 WHEN USED ON 81928 PCA ITEM 3 00 T 27 NOTE 1 wuts ons ED oraw EAR DESIGNED KWV 010 ANGLES iMt 1108 DOOENT 16 CONFIDENTIAL MO PROPRIETARY AMD 15 TE SOLE PROPERTY F INVIO CORPORATION 1S MOT 10 BE DISCLOSED TD ANY REPRODUCED USED 14 ANT OMER WRI TIEN CONSE
135. RT 9064 Batteries 144V 5A 32V 2 Parameter Functional Block Diagram 3160 Series Physiological Monitor 8956 TVONVW HOIASIHS 0916 wiOAIAU 2502123 SONIM VIG AONVNALNIVW 7 219 77 Patient Connection l Unit PCU TAS215 WPU ElectronicsAssembly Pneumatics Assembly TAP63 H2V Agents ETCO2 92 3 py Water Input Port Tap Negative Pressure From 18V 1 7A 3 6A 1 AS201 PowerAdapter NOTES 1 Heavylines indicate mainflowinstandardwireless monitor configuration 2 Normal status for7 segment ErrorCode Display left decimal On lit solidgreen rightdecimalflashing green andallnumericsegmentsOff extinguished 3 ThisoptionalAS20l connection separately powers the DCUwhenitisdetachedfromthemonitorbase Legend ElectricalCable MajorAssembly Subassembly FiberOptic Cable AirTube OptionalConnection Number of Cables Conductors Tubes gt 9445 ET Exhaust 02Sensor Port SeeNote3 HE61 AS240 DCU Display Assembly FU39Fus 5A 32V Antenna e FU39 Fuse 5 32 AB192B AnestheticAgent AnalyzerModule Analog Signals 1600 Mother Board SystemPower AB213 Power Ad Board HE119 Transceiver WIT2450 144V
136. Rotary Knob to select OK Verify the numerics indicate Zero 1 count Press the NORMAL SCREEN Control Key Adjust the Pressure Simulator as follows 1 Set the Pressure Simulator Zero switch to 2 Set the Pressure Simulator to output 240 Verify that the P1 numerics increase in a positive direction toward 240 Set the Pressure Simulator Zero switch to Zero Verify that the P1 numerics return to zero Verify the Invasive Pressure at different levels as follows 1 Set the Pressure Simulator Zero switch to 2 Set the Pressure Simulator to output 50 CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES Release 1 Invivo m 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 3 Verify that the P1 numerics indicate 50 1 4 Set the Pressure Simulator to output 100 5 Verify that the P1 numerics indicate 100 1 6 Set the Pressure Simulator to output 150 7 Verify that the P1 numerics indicate 150 1 8 Set the Pressure Simulator to output 200 9 Verify that the P1 numerics indicate 200 1 10 Set the Pressure Simulator to output 240 11 X Verify that the P1 numerics indicate 240 1 12 Set the Pressure Simulator to output 250 13 X Verify that the numerics indicate 250 alternating with the OVR message Repeat substeps b through I for P2 D2 5 6 WPU Verification Perform the following procedure to verify the proper operation of the AS215 WPU Electronics Assembly 5 6 1 Setup Pretest Inspection Perfo
137. SUPPLY 3160 125 WT04 3 SHRINK TUBING 3 32 ID BLACK 63 HM90A 1 CASTING PANEL FRONT DCU 3160 2 AB181 1 PCA KEYBOARD INTERFACE 3550 124 B OO HEAT SHRINK 1 4 ID BLACK 62 1 SPACER PCB LCD 3550 1 AB160C 1 MOTHERBOARD INVI VO TEM DES 01 DESCRIPTION D PER ECN 11332 EAR retoo 220719 oraw EAR C 11257 EAR 12006 ax Kw ets DInvivo PER ECN 11190 EAR 20005 CHECKED mE 222 WHEN ASSEMBLING THE H162 GASKETS NO OVERLAP REF ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTION 1106 A RELEASED ECN 1101 HEAR BETWEEN GASKET STRIPS 15 PERMISSABLE REF INTERCONNECT DIAGRAM 1908106 3 CX IET UN 2 FOR APPROXIMATE PLACEMENT OF LABELS SEE LABELING VIEWS ON PAGE 5 i 2 3 USE FIXTURE TF0220 TO PROPERLY ALIGN BATTERY PCBS TION BY DATE NENNT ius 1958198 Y WOT SCALE THIS DRAMNG s wiOAIAU TVONVW HOLASIHS 0916 8956 N d P N 9568 3160 SERVICE MANUAL 1 25 8 z A8 2 201825 8 gt o gt 25 zs z EE 2 88 3 9 e 5 5 25 88 8 232
138. TABLE SNAP 116 15161 4 1508 44 40 X 3 16 PHMS XR SS NM 52 HC20 3 CABLE CLAMP NYLON 5 8 DIA 115 NS63N 2 SCR 46 32 X 1 4 LG FHMS XR NM 51 HCOT 1 CABLE TIE 4 TY533M 114 1550 6 SCR 44 40 X 1 4 LG PHMS NY 50 H162 144A 1 STRIP RF PNL GSKT 13 68 CHMF CUT 113 NS49N 2 SCR 42 56 X 1 4 LG PHMS XR NM 49 H162 138A 1 STRIP RF PNL GSKT 13 11 CUT 112 NS22N 3 SCR 48 32 X 3 8 LG PHMS XR NM 48 H162 112A 1 STRIP PNL GSKT 10 64 CHMF CUT 111 NS185N 2 SCR CAPT 46 32X9 16LG PHNS XR SS NM 41 H162 085CC 1 STRIP RF PNL GSKT 8 075 110 NS184N 1 SCR 4 40X5 8LG FHMS XR SS NM 46 H162 056CC 1 STRIP RF PNL GSKT 5 32 109 NSITIN 2 568 42 565 16 LG FHMS XR SS 45 162 02155 2 STRIP RF PNL GSKT 2 565 108 NSITON 14 SCR 2 56X3 16 LG PHMS XR SS 44 H162 023CC 1 STRIP RF PNL GSKT 2 185 107 151698 2 SCR 42 56 X 1 8LG PHMS XR NM 43 162 02155 2 5 1 RF PNL GSKT 1 995 105 NSI48N 2 SCR 82 56 X 7 16 LG PHMS XR NM 42 H162 020CC 0 STRIP RF 65 1 9 104 151148 2 508 44 40 1 2LG FHMS XR NM BO 41 H162 010CC 0 STRIP RF PNL 65 95 CHMF 102 NS10N 5 SCR 86 32 X 3 8 LG PHMS XR NM 40 H096 1 MOUNT CABLE TIE ADHESI V BACKED 101 NSO4N 39 SCR 44 40 X 1 4 LG PHMS XR NM 39 15222 1 ASSY CONN BATTERY 3160 100 NSO2N 6 SCR 46 32 X 1 4 LG PHNS XR NM 38 15220 1 ASSY SH
139. TEM REF OES PART NO On DESCRIPTION D PER ECN 10556 vos ms oem PER ECN 10408 E eros DInvivo 8 PER ECN 10161 FUK INO orco A RELEASED ECN 10075 3AUG04 ets 1 approven 12511 RESEARCH PARKWAY ORLANDO FL 32826 USA F ECN 411248 PIDECOS REV BY DATE 77 ASSEMBLY 5201 ASSY POWER ADAPTER MRI 00 NOT SCALE THIS DRAWING Prot SCALE SET 086 NO REV tt tof 5 1958063 F UNO 8956 TVONVW HOIASIHS 0916 wiOAIAU 2502123 SONIM VIG AONVNALNIVW SE f wiOAIAU TVONVW HOLASIHS 0916 yTO J1 Suet LOOP THRU TO38 amp CONNECT 2x TO PA456A ITEM 41 ye 7 34 2X 45 2X 41 Voy 38223 195 ITEM 39 DETAIL weiss EMS SEED wc xum FUK WIN DInvivo ANGES amp 1 12601 RESEARCH PARKWAY ORLANDO FL 32826 USA fA uem ASSEMBLY AS201 Pm b O C Lasse POWER ADAPTER MRI EM Pos nem p HUS vie RR PE ex 151 2 of 5 1958063 F 8956 N d 95
140. TEM 7 TO CABINET WALLS PER PRINT FASTEN COVER TO CABINET USING FOURTEEN NS98N SCREWS USE LOCTITE SPARINGLY USING DIMENSIONS GIVEN ON PRINT APPLY L2153 WARNING LABELS ITEM 21 TO CABINET APPLY REMAINING LABELS PER PRINT DIRECTION APPLY 032 LOOP FASTENERS ITEM 26 TO COVER WHERE INDICATED PLACE MATCHING 1 LOOP COVERS ITEM 25 OVER MO32 LOOP FASTENERS LEAVE STRIP IN PLACE ROUTE TO INSPECTION DESCRIPTION E PER ECN 10762 1105 REV DESCRIPTION BY DATE SERT OF SAID COMPAR VO CORPORATION MAINTAINS TA TO SPECIFICATIONS AT ANY TIME WITHOUT PRIOR NOTICE 46 THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION 46 L2181 1 LABEL PROTECTIVE EARTH GROUND 45 NSO4N 2 SCR 4 40 X 1 4 LG PHMS XR NM NOT SHO 44 MO14 A R COMPOUND HEAT SINK THRM JOINT 43 AW152 1 WIRE GROUND LINE FILTER 5550 42 1 CORE TOROIDAL FERRI TE 41 PA456A 1 SR 856 LKG 156 CTRS 40 PA249A 1 CONN 2P SR 156 39 195 1 CONN 2P SR HSG ST 098 38 nwaan 6 WSHR LCK SPLT 44 55 NM 31 NW43N 4 WSHR LCK SPLT 6 SS 36 2 WSHR LCK SPLT 8 SS NM 35 4 WSHR NYLON 6 34 NS98N 16 SCR 44 40 X 1 4 LG FHMS X
141. THEORY OF OPERATION 4 5 4 6 blank THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 SECTION 5 CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES 5 0 CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES 5 1 Introduction The recommended preventive maintenance intervals for 3160 monitor are provided in Section 7 of this manual However anytime repairs are made options are installed or the monitor fails the Calibration and Verification Procedure in this section the monitor should be readjusted see Section 6 When power to the monitor is removed a warm up period of at least 25 minutes should elapse after power is reapplied to the unit prior to performing any of the calibration verification procedures provided in this section When electrical test points are called out in the procedure turn power OFF disconnect the AS201 power connector remove the backup batteries then attach the test equipment to the applicable test points before restoring power to the monitor 52 Required Test Equipment Refer to Section 7 Page 7 1 paragraph 7 2 for a complete list of required test equipment 5 3 Power Adapter Verification Perform the following procedure to verify proper operation of the AS201 Power Adapter Assembly a Plug the power cord into a hospital grade AC outlet b Plug the other end of the power cord into the AC Input power connector on the AS201 Power Adapter Confirm that the green DC OUTPUT indicator on the
142. TWORK 10 5 3160 64 _ 2158 5815 OVERLAY PTNT CONNECT UNIT 3160 63 NON 1 HEX 42 56 SS 62 1 CABLE F O IBP PCU 3160 61 1 00 SHRINK 1 4 1 0 WHITE 60 4 WSHR LCK SPLT 6 SS NM 59 8 WSHR LCK SPLT 1 4 x 062 55 NM 58 7 2 WASHER FLT 1 4X 625X 080 SS NM 57 NSTN 2 SCR 4 40 X 3 16 PHMS XR SS NM 56 NS63N 8 SCR 46 32 X 1 4 LG FHMS XR NM 55 NSISSAM 4 SCR 46 32 X 9 16 LG FHMS XR SS NM 54 2 ISCR 1 4 20X1 8T5LG HEX SS NM 53 NSIB9N 4 SCR 1 4 20 156 SHCS SS NM 52 NS186N 2 SCR CAPT 46 32 7 161 0 PHMS XR SS 51 NSIBON 4 SCR 10 32 5 16 LG FHMS XR SS NM 50 5179 2 SCR 10 24K1 2LG FHMS XR UC SS NM 49 wsi7an 4 508 1 4 20 X 1 2 LG FHMS XR NM 48 NSI3N 2 SCR 46 32 X 1 4LG FHMS XR UC SS NM 41 15118 4 SCR 1 4 20 X 1516 PHMS XR NM 46 NSION 8 SCR 46 32 X 3 8 LG PHMS XR 45 NSON 4 SCR 86 32 X 1 2 LG PHNS XR NM 44 NSON 4 SCR 46 32 X 1 4 LG PHMS XR NM 43 NOOSN 4 HEX 1 4 20 5S NM 42 MOS WR ADHESIVE LOCTITE 425 BLU ASSUR 4 A R MOOBA ADHSV SEALNT RTV CLEAR 737 40 woo WR ADHESI VE LOCTITE 262 RED THDLK
143. URN DCU OFF THEN REMOVE USB DRIVE f When this text appears turn OFF the DCU and remove the USB device from the rear of the unit g Turn the DCU back ON verify that the Normal Screen is displayed and proceed to step h below If the Normal Screen does not appear after one minute contact Invivo Technical Support for further assistance h To ensure that the DCU 1s reprogrammed with all necessary program elements on the USB program update device repeat the normal DCU Program Update procedure given in subparagraph a WPU Program Update Updating the programmable elements of the 3160 WPU is accomplished through the use of one or more USB flash memory drives which contain the software and other data used by the WPU A DCU 48 also required for WPU reprogramming to serve as the user interface During the reprogramming process the WPU being reprogrammed and the DCU being used will not function as patient monitoring devices Patient monitoring capability will be restored only once the reprogramming process has successfully completed and the WPU has been powered off and then back on and is once again communicating with a DCU containing a compatible program The following is a step by step procedure for reprogramming the WPU 1 Attach the DCU to the MRI pole 2 Open the service panel on the rear of the WPU 3 Connect the AS201 Power Adapter to the WPU unit and insert at least one 1 fully charged battery into the WPU battery comp
144. a separate 9065 lithium battery for recharging purposes d Battery Charge RGB LEDs 4 Ea Item 4 These LEDs indicate the current status of the batter ies inserted in the 9065 battery bay s Solid Green Indicates the associated battery is fully recharged and ready for reuse Flashing Green Indicates the associated battery currently has a medium charge and is successfully recharging Flashing Yellow Indicates the associated battery currently has a low charge and is successfully recharging Solid Red Indicates a faulty or dead battery discard the associated battery Solid Blue Indicates the battery in the lower left hand battery slot is currently in a reconditioning discharge cycle Flashing Blue Indicates the associated battery requires reconditioning The battery must be inserted into the lower left hand battery slot to be reconditioned Extinguished Indicates no battery is inserted in the associated battery slot AC Adapter Connection Item 5 This jack provides for the connection of an adapter to supply the charger with 24 Vdc input power 3 2 11 WPU DCU Battery Charger The WPU DCU Battery Charger is a future option to be used offline to charge the 9064 lithium batteries located in the WPU and DCU units Release 1 OPERATION 3 9 P N 9568 3160 SERVICE MANUAL 33 Operating Procedures Operating procedures the 3160 Series MRI Physiological Monitor
145. a replacement antenna 7 9 Maintenance Access Procedures The following paragraphs provide eguipment setup procedures for obtaining maintenance access to the internal components of the 3160 monitor while operating the monitor with power applied When specified these procedures should be performed in the seguence presented below to facilitate eguipment testing and various corrective maintenance tasks WARNING Electrical shock hazard Prior to performing the following procedures ensure that power to the monitor has been turned OFF the AS201 Power Adapter is unplugged and the batteries have been removed Failure to comply can result in serious injury or death to personnel and or damage to the monitor s internal circuits 7 9 1 WPU Maintenance Access Perform the following steps to gain maintenance access to the AS239 WPU Base Assembly a Ensure that the Power Switches on the PCU and DCU are set to the OFF 6 position b Remove the 9064 backup batteries from the WPU base Release 1 MAINTENANCE 7 17 P N 9568 f 3160 SERVICE MANUAL Invivo Perform steps on Page 7 13 paragraph 7 8 2 a to remove the AS240 DCU Display assembly Loosen two 2 captive screws securing the plastic WPU rear access panel to the WPU base Remove the rear access panel Remove the outer plastic cover from the WPU base 4 screws 7 9 2 DCU Maintenance Access Perform the following steps to gain maintenance access to the AS
146. actory pre programmed value for the wn network command for the monitor s transceivers 8 4 RADIO PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS Release 1 Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 To facilitate equipment interchangeability the Network Number for the WPU HE119 transceiver can be re programmed to match the number used by the transceiver located in the DCU of a different 3160 monitor To accomplish this the Network option is selected from the SETUPS menu Perform the following steps to change the Network Number for the WPU a ga Release 1 Setup the WPU for operation in the Keyboard Navigation Nav mode attach a monitor and keyboard as specified in Appendix E of this manual Iype nav Press the lt F4 gt key Press the lt Down Arrow gt key until the NETWORK menu selection is highlighted Press the lt Enter gt key to select NETWORK Press the lt Down Arrow gt key until the desired Network Number selection 1 5 selection is highlighted Press the lt Enter gt key to make the selection Press the lt Esc gt key to exit to the NORMAL SCREEN display Verify that the Network Number see Figure 8 3 selected above is shown at the bottom of the display screen RADIO PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS 8 5 8 6 blank THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 SECTION 9 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 90 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES WARNING Elect
147. allows for measurement of the optional EtCO2 Anesthetic Agent patient parameter NIBP Ports The NIBP ports provide for the connection of the NIBP patient cuff Power Indicator Tri color LED The Status LED monitors WPU s current power source and wireless radio communication status between the WPU and DCU Slow Flashing Green blinks every 2 1 2 seconds Indicates the presence of 18 Vdc output power from the AS201 Power Adapter Solid Green Indicates the monitor is operating on 18 Vdc output power from the AS201 Power Adapter Solid Yellow Indicates the monitor is operating on 14 output power from the two 2 9064 backup batteries e Solid Red Indicates the WPU is operating on battery power the batteries are depleted and power failure is imminent OPERATION 3 5 P N 9568 3160 SERVICE MANUAL Rapid Flashing Yellow or Red blinks every 1 2 second Indicates the absence of a wireless communication link between the WPU and DCU units when their associated Power Switch es see Item 8 below are set to the ON position The WPU and DCU must be set to the same Network Number to obtain this link see Section 8 Page 8 4 paragraph 8 5 and Page 8 4 paragraph 8 6 Extinguished Indicates no power is available to the WPU Power Switch The Power Switch allows the operator to enable or disable power for the WPU unit The batteries are charged when the Power Switch is in either the
148. am Update Dialog Window will change to show the current progress of reprogramming An example of this is shown in Figure 7 5 WPU PROGRAM UPDATE This WPU is being reprogrammed as shown below DO NOT REMOVE THE USB DRIVE FROM THE WPU DO NOT TURN THE WPU OFF Part No Revision Update Progress X AM111 WPUO2 ET Updating AM113 115 X AM115 090205 Figure 7 5 WPU Program Update Dialog Window Update In Progress 12 Reprogramming will continue until the WPU has been reprogrammed with all applicable program elements that were contained on the USB drive When reprogramming has completed the WPU Program Update Window will change to reflect this as shown in Figure 7 6 When this dialog is displayed turn the WPU OFF and then remove the USB flash drive from the rear of the unit 13 WPU Program Update Window is removed from the display SS S WPU PROGRAM UPDATE PROGRAM UPDATE COMPLETE Part No Revision Previous Revision AM111 WPUO2 WPUO1 113 115 115 AM115 090205 081405 TURN OFF THIS WPU THEN REMOVE THE USB DRIVE Figure 7 6 WPU Program Update Window Update Completed 14 Ensure the USB drive has been removed from the WPU and then turn the WPU back ON When the WPU has established communication with the DCU and the Normal Screen is displayed press the SETUP Control Key Turn the Rotary Knob until the SERVICE BIO MED item is highlighted then press the knob Release 1 MAINTENANC
149. and finger tighten into the threaded flanges b Reattach the PCU connector panel to the PCU pole mount bracket 5 screws c Reinstall the rear plastic cover onto the PCU pole mount bracket 4 screws Reverse the above steps to install a replacement AS219 AS215 WPU Electronics Assembly Removal Replacement Perform the following procedure to remove replace the AS215 WPU Electronics Assembly 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Remove power from the 3160 monitor by disconnecting it from the AS201 AC Power Adapter Remove the 9064 backup batteries from the WPU base Loosen two 2 captive screws securing the plastic WPU rear access panel to the WPU base Remove the rear access panel Remove the outer plastic cover from the WPU 4 small screws on underside of WPU base Carefully disconnect all wires hoses exiting the lower hole in the MRI pole from the WPU Electronics assembly all connections are marked Carefully disconnect the battery cable from the WPU Electronics assembly the connection is marked Unscrew and remove Antenna HE61 from Telemetry Antenna Cable AC543 Remove the 4 large screws from the underside of the WPU base Carefully lift the AS215 WPU Electronics Assembly out of the WPU base Reverse the above steps to install a replacement AS215 MAINTENANCE Release 1 Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 7 8 3 DCU EMI Gasket Removal Replacement If upon routine
150. and prescribe the frequency with which each task should optimally be performed See Appendix I for an optional chart that can be used by the maintenance technician to help schedule and track these tasks 7 3 1 Patient Module Battery Charging Every 8 Hours of Use Charge the Patient Module batter 1es see Section 3 Page 3 19 paragraph 3 3 1 f 7 3 2 Monitor Calibration and Verification Every 6 Months Perform the Calibration and Verification Procedures for the monitor see Section 5 If abnormal indications are observed perform the related Adjustment Procedures see Section 6 7 3 3 Monitor Cleaning External Every 6 Months Clean the outside of the monitor see Page 7 11 paragraph 7 7 1 a 7 3 4 Monitor Adjustment Every 12 Months Perform the Adjustment Procedures for the monitor see Section 6 7 3 5 Monitor Cleaning Internal Every 12 Months Clean the inside of the monitor see Page 7 11 paragraph 7 7 1 b 7 3 6 Battery Tests Every 12 Months Perform the Battery Tests see Page 7 18 paragraph 7 10 7 3 7 Consumable Parts Every 12 Months Replace the following consumable items with new parts see Section 10 of this manual for corresponding part numbers a WPU DCU 14 4V Lithium Ion Battery 4 each Refer to Page 7 15 paragraph 7 8 4 for procedures to replace the 14 4V LI Batteries b WECG WSPO2 Patient Module 4 1 LI Batteries 2 each Refer to Page 7 15 paragraph 7 8 5 for procedures to r
151. artment 4 Turn ON the DCU and wait until the Normal Screen is displayed Ensure that the DCU is set to the same communication Network Number as the WPU This number is displayed in the lower right corner of the DCU 5 To change the DCU s network setting press the SETUP Control Key Turn the Rotary Knob until the SERVICE BIO MED item is highlighted then press the knob When the SERVICE BIO MED menu appears turn the Rotary Knob until the NETWORK item is highlighted and press the knob Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the desired network number and then press the knob to set the network MAINTENANCE 7 7 P N 9568 3160 SERVICE MANUAL Invivo 6 Turn ON the WPU and wait until communication has been established with the DCU being used It is important that communication be maintained between the WPU being reprogrammed and the DCU If communication is lost during reprogramming the DCU will return to functioning as a normal patient monitoring device until communication is once again established with the WPU The WPU will continue its reprogramming even if communication is lost 7 Prior to inserting the USB device to update software ensure that you have entered NAV mode by typing nav on an attached keyboard 8 Insert the USB program update flash drive containing the desired program s into the USB connector on the rear of the WPU If the USB drive is a valid Invivo program update device the DCU will display the WPU P
152. assembly and disassembly procedures for the field replaceable assemblies and consumable items contained in the 3160 monitor WARNING AN Electrical shock hazard Prior to removing any assemblies from the 3160 monitor ensure that power to the monitor has been turned OFF the AS201 Power Adapter 18 unplugged and the batteries have been removed Failure to comply can result in serious injury or death to personnel and or damage to the monitor s internal circuits 7 8 1 Required Tools The following tools are required to assemble disassemble this monitor 1 Phillips Head Screwdriver Small Flathead Screwdriver NOTE RF SHIELDING For proper operation within the MRI area this Monitor is constructed with extensive RF shielding to contain and prevent leakage of internal RF frequencies Care should be taken during disassembly and assembly to ensure that the EMI gaskets are not damaged Any worn or damaged DCU EMI gaskets should be replaced to ensure integrity of the RF seal see Page 7 15 paragraph 7 8 3 7 8 2 3160 Monitor Disassembly Reassembly Perform the following steps to remove replace the following major assemblies on the 3160 monitor a AS240 DCU Removal Replacement Perform the following procedure to remove replace the AS240 DCU Display Assembly 1 Remove power from the 3160 monitor by disconnecting it from the AS201 AC Power Adapter 2 Remove the 9064 backup batteries from the DCU rear battery compartmen
153. ation characteristics which are used for EtCO2 or Agent Bench field calibration verification purposes GAS MONITOR CO2 0 9999 N20 0 9999 DES 1 0000 ISO 1 0008 HAL 1 0000 ENF 1 0000 SEV 0 9999 SEN TMP 52 9075 BD TMP 48 9460 CREF 0 9999 AREF 1 0000 ABS PRESS 754 5478 CO2 CORR 1 1034 BARO PRESS 750 7589 IR SOURCE 145 6095 STATUS 0 x Figure 3 22 WPU Gas Monitor Screen RETURN Selecting this menu option returns the monitor to the SERVICE BIO MED Menu OPERATION 3 15 P N 9568 3 16 3160 SERVICE MANUAL Invivo 5 MONITOR CAL Selecting this menu option will first bring up a YES NO selection screen Figure 3 23 to ensure that this menu was not selected by accident When YES 18 selected a second screen with Calibration Information on various operational aspects of the monitor appears Figure 3 24 If this display should be selected exit by turning the monitor off It is important to note that if the Escape option is selected the monitor will return control of the monitor to the operator but the Calibration Screen will remain on the display to remove the Calibration Screen turn the monitor off POWER MUST BE RECYCLED TO EXIT Do you wish to continue SERVICE USE ONLY RETURN Figure 3 23 WPU Monitor Calibration YES NO Screen invasive pres 1 242374 invasive pres 2 0 37262 invasive pres 3 229770 invasive pres 4 0 32806 Figure 3 24 WPU Monitor Calibrat
154. ator 90 to 100 3 The SPO2 waveform is smooth with no steps c Remove the probe from your finger Ifan SPO2 Simulator is available verify the accuracy of Oxygen Saturation Value with Invivo probes as follows Oxygen Saturation Tolerance 90 100 2 80 90 2 2 70 80 2 5 60 70 3 NOTE The uncertainty specifications of the SPO2 Simulator must be added to the 3160 tolerances for proper accuracy verification 5 28 CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES Release 1 Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 NOTE Either the EtCO2 Bench or the Agent Bench can be installed as mutually exclusive options in a particular monitor Ensure that the correct procedure Page 5 29 paragraph 5 6 6 or Page 5 34 paragraph 5 6 8 is performed depending on the option installed in the monitor to be verified 5 6 6 2 Verification If EtCO2 Option is installed Perform the following to verify proper operation of the EtCO2 system a Setup the WPU for operation in the Keyboard Navigation Nav mode attach a monitor and keyboard as specified in Appendix E of this manual b Type nav Turn on the EtCO2 and Agents icons as follows 1 Press the lt 4 gt key 2 Press the Down Arrow key until the PARAMETER SELECTION menu selection is highlighted 3 Press the lt gt key to select PARAMETER SELECTION 4 Press the Down Arrow key until the EtCO2 menu selection is highlighted 5 Press the lt
155. ator to the P1 D1 connector on the PCU b Disconnect cable AC564 from the PCU DCU DB15 connector on the WPU right rear panel WLOAIAU TVONVW HOLASIHS 0916 8956 N d 6 SHUNdAIOUd 5 9 558312 Table 9 1 3160 Monitor Field Troubleshooting Procedures Continued S If Indication If Indication 2 Symptom Action Normal Indication Is Abnormal Is Normal c Using DMM check the Observe a reading of 12 Replace the WPU Electronics Reconnect AC564 to the WPU IBP output voltage 0 5 on the DMM Assembly WPU and proceed to to the PCU Attach the action d positive lea he WPU right rear panel PCU DCU connector Pin 3 and negative lead to Pin 4 see Appendix H Figure H 1 for test point locations Y d Disconnectthe IBP FO a cable from the IBP port 2 the WPU right rear tri panel see Appendix H 2 Figure H 1 for component e location 07 e Confirm presence of fiber Exposed tip of cable 15 Replace PCU assembly Proceed to action optic beam illuminated red defective AS226 IBP 2 assembly z f Check the status of the Left decimal is On lit Blank Display Replace the Contact Invivo Technical Error Code Display on solid green right decimal is DCU Display Assembly Service for further DCU AB213 Power flashing green and all Error Co
156. attachment of a standard IBM compatible VGA SVGA monitor for manually programming the DCU s HE119 radio transceiver see Section 8 DC Fuse Item 5 The FU39 5A 32V power fuse provides overcurrent protection for the 18 Vdc input power from the AS201 Power Adapter f USB Programming Port Item 6 The USB programming port provides for the attachment of an Invivo flash drive unit for performing automatic SmartBoot reprogramming of DCU s operating software see Section 7 Page 7 3 paragraph 7 5 g Battery Release Buttons Item 7 The battery release buttons are separately pressed to release the associated 9064 batteries from their respective compartments M Antenna 2 Ea Figure 3 2 DCU Side Panel 3 2 OPERATION Release 1 Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 3 2 3 DCU Side Panel See Figure 3 2 The DCU side panel contains the recorder assembly and 9064 batteries one in each side panel a b Recorder Unit Item 1 The HT18 recorder assembly provides a printout of patient parameter data either automatically or upon operator demand Battery Compartments Item 2 The battery compartments located on both the left and right DCU side panels each hold one rechargeable 9064 battery The backup batteries permit battery operation of the DCU for brief periods of time up to 8 hours The batteries are intended for use o
157. batteries Repeat as required according to frequency of use OPERATION Release 1 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 f Patient Module Battery Charging Procedures Charge recharge the Patient Module 4 1V LI batteries as follows Charge two spare batteries Invivo P N 9065 in the Patient Module battery charger Invivo P N 9023 After 8 hours replace the batteries in the WECG and or WSPO2 Module with the fully charged spare batteries and begin recharging the original batteries Repeat as required according to frequency of use 8 Changing the WPU HE119 Network Number Refer to Section 8 Page 8 4 paragraph 8 6 for procedures to change the WPU HE119 transceiver Network Number NOTE In addition to the following online operating procedures reference should also be made to the 3160 Series MRI Physiological Monitor Operations Manual Invivo Part Number 9569 for general purpose operating instructions pertaining to this monitor in the clinical environment 3 3 2 Online Operation Online operating procedures for the 3160 Series MRI Physiological Monitor are presented in the following paragraphs These procedures are monitor connection turn on turn off operational quick checks DCU Service Features and changing the DCU HE119 network number a Monitor Connection Refer to Section 2 Page 2 1 paragraph 2 4 for 3160 monitor connection procedures b Monitor Turn On Procedures Refer to Section 2 Page 2 2
158. battery data communication verification Dimensions HxWxD 3 23 inches 8 20cm x 7 98 inches 20 27cm x 5 54 inches 14 07cm NOTE Refer to the 3160 Series MRI Physiological Monitor Operations Manual Invivo Part Number 9569 for additional specifications regarding the various features options related to this monitor Release 1 PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS D 3 D 4 blank THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 APPENDIX E WPU KEYBOARD NAVIGATION FEATURE E 0 KEYBOARD NAVIGATION FEATURE Under normal operating conditions the WPU requires no user input For service related purposes the user interface with the WPU is supported via a standard PC keyboard attached to the keyboard connector and a standard PC monitor connected to the VGA port of the WPU see Figure E 1 NOTE The keyboard and VGA ports are located behind the WPU rear maintenance access door see Section 3 Figure 3 4 AS201 Power Adapter allOutlt DC N OUTPUT CONNECTOR AC517 Line Com Pow erR eceptacle Figure E 1 Keyboard Navigation WPU Setup The VGA monitor is intended solely for service use and not for patient monitoring The DCU is used for all patient monitoring The keyboard combined with the WPU software functionality replaces the rotary knob and control keys The keyboard navigation Nav feature is activated upon typing the lower case lette
159. ce Representative with the Return Authorization Number written on the outside of the shipping carton Repairs will be made normally within two weeks and the monitor will be returned to you via prepaid ground delivery If premium freight is required for warranty repairs Invivo Technical Service will inform you of the additional shipping charges For out of warranty repairs all shipping charges are prepaid by the customer Technical Service Department Invivo Corp 12501 Research Parkway Orlando FL 32826 To ensure full reliability it is recommended that all repairs be made by an Invivo Authorized Service and Repair center For repair at your facility a competent individual experienced in the repair of monitors can repair the monitor if it is authorized by Invivo Technical Service prior to the repair To order replacement parts contact Invivo s Technical Service Department see Section 1 Page 1 6 paragraph 1 5 for the latest information on parts pricing and availability When placing orders for new or replacement parts Customer Service may request additional information about the monitor or its defective component s Serialized identification labels are located on the WPU and DCU see Figure B 2 and also on each internal circuit board and subassembly see Figure B 2 Please ensure that the information on the identification labels for the monitor and the internal part s you with to order is readily available before contacting Custo
160. charge the large Lithium Ion Battery Packs while the Patient Module Battery Charger is used to charge the smaller WECG WSPO2 LI batteries These battery chargers must NOT be located in the MR magnet room In standard operation ECG and SPO2 RESP patient data is transmitted to the AS215 via patient module radio transceivers NIBP IBP TEMP EtCO2 and Agent IDs are obtained by conventional means via the applicable ports located on the AS219 This data is processed in the AS215 and then transmitted via other radio transceivers to the AS240s for display see Page 4 3 paragraph 4 4 The human operator uses the control panel on any of the associated DCU s to control local display parameters and to send master controls to the AS215 to control data processing parameters The human operator can also use the AS240 control panel to provide patient parameter selection and control This data will flow to the AS215 for interpretation and then control messages are transmitted to the wireless patient modules The AS215 also produces and outputs gating signals that can be used by the MRI equipment to synchronize to patient body rhythms during MRI scans Release 1 THEORY OF OPERATION 4 1 NOLLVM dO AO AUOTH LL 2583123 FUTURE OPTION WPU DCU 14 4V Battery Charger ECG Cable SpO2 Cable Grip or Clip Resp Tube Bellows Patient Module 3 7V Battery Charger AS201 Power Adapter DC Po
161. control or indicator 3 2 1 DCU FrontPanel Refer to Section 5 Page 5 1 Figure 5 1 for a visual depiction and Page 5 2 paragraph 5 4 2 through Page 5 3 paragraph 5 4 4 for associated functional descriptions of the DCU front panel power switch indicator display screen and control panel 7 Antenna Figure 3 1 DCU Rear Panel Release 1 OPERATION 3 1 P N 9568 3160 SERVICE MANUAL 3 2 2 DCU Rear Panel See Figure 3 1 The following is a description of the DCU rear panel connections and inputs NOTE The following DCU Power Port can only be used to power the detachable DCU unit if it has been removed from the MRI pole Otherwise the DCU is powered either by its internal batteries or via the AS201 Power Adapter s hard wired connection to the WPU a DC Power Port Item 1 The DC power port located behind the hinged power access door provides for the connection of 18 Vdc from the DC output connector on the AS201 Power Adapter via power cable 517 b Keyboard Connection Item 2 The keyboard connection provides for the attachment of a standard IBM compatible keyboard for manually programming the DCU s 119 radio transceiver see Section 8 RS 232 Serial Connection Item 3 This connection is intended for factory use only d Monitor Connection Item 4 The VGA monitor connection provides for the optional
162. d see Appendix H Figure H 6 for component locations Left decimal is On lit solid green right decimal is flashing green and all numeric segments are Off extinguished Blank Display Replace the DCU assembly Error Code Displayed Proceed to Appendix G of this manual for further troubleshooting instructions Proceed to action d d Checkthe communication status of the WSPO2 transmitter module at the DCU The WSPO2 status indicator at the bottom of the Normal Screen see Section 2 Figure 2 2 is not displayed inside a red box with an through it as pictured below Proceed to action e Contact Invivo Technical Service for further troubleshooting assistance e Insert a fully charged battery into the WECG transmitter module TVONVW HOIASIHS 0916 8956 N d 91 6 6 ONILOOHSATINOUL 2583123 Table 9 1 3160 Monitor Field Troubleshooting Procedures Continued 5 If Indication If Indication Symptom Action Normal Indication Is Abnormal Is Normal RESP Parameter f Check the communication The ECG status indicator at Replace the WPU Electronics Replace the WSPO2 Failure Not status of the ECG the bottom of the Normal Assembly transmitter module Working Cont d transmitter module at the Screen see Section 2 DCU Figure 2 2 is not displayed inside a red
163. d top bottom left and right with thick lines Warnings are presented as shown below WARNING This is a sample warning for an electrical shock hazard The A international symbol is used to indicate an Electrical Shock Hazard where applicable NOTE In addition to these precautions cautions and warnings are also imbedded in the text of this manual on Page 2 2 Page 3 19 Page 3 11 Page 3 21 Page 3 8 Page 6 1 Page 6 5 Page 7 1 Page 7 5 Page 7 8 Page 7 11 Page 7 13 Page 7 14 Page 7 17 Page 9 1 Page 9 4 Page B 2 Page C 1 Page 1 1 and Page G 4 Obtain a thorough understanding of each of the following precautions before attempting to perform any assembly disassembly or service procedure Damage to the instrument or injury to yourself may result if these precautions as well as common sense are not applied Service to this product should only be performed by trained qualified service personnel familiar with the operation and service documentation for this monitor Shock Hazard exists when this monitor is operated without the chassis cover Use caution when working on units with power applied Always disconnect monitor from AC Main Power before performing service on internal assemblies M Y xii Release 1 Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 Precautions GENERAL SERVICE PRECAUTIONS Continued The system may not conform to all performance specifica
164. de Displayed troubleshooting assistance Board see Appendix numeric segments are Off Proceed to Appendix of Figure H 6 for component extinguished this manual for further locations troubleshooting instructions F O TEMP a Check the status of the Left decimal is On lit Blank Display Replace the Replace the WPU Parameter Failure Error Code Display on solid green right decimal is DCU assembly Electronics Assembly Not Working DCU AB213 Power flashing green and all Error Code Displayed defective HE113 module Board see Appendix numeric segments are Off Proceed to Appendix of Figure H 6 for component extinguished this manual for further locations troubleshooting instructions 5 O 25022 SHM 0dH00Id ONILOOHSATINOUL I 6 Table 9 1 3160 Monitor Field Troubleshooting Procedures Continued If Indication If Indication Symptom Action Normal Indication Is Abnormal Is Normal RESP Parameter a Remove WSPO2 Failure Not transmitter module Working battery b Using DMM check the The battery voltage Fully recharge the WSPO2 Reinstall the battery and WSPO2 transmitter measured is gt 3 3 Vdc transmitter module battery or proceed to action module 4 1 Vdc battery observe polarity marked on battery replace with a new battery c Check status of the Error Code Display on the DCU AB213 Power Boar
165. decimal is DCU Display Assembly Cont d DCU AB213 Power flashing green and all Error Code Displayed Board see Appendix numeric segments are Off Proceed to Appendix of Figure H 6 for component extinguished this manual for further locations troubleshooting instructions g Perform EtCO2 Adjustment Procedure see Section 6 Page 6 1 paragraph 6 5 2 h Perform EtCO2 Verification checks are Replace the WPU Electronics Contact Invivo Technical Verification Procedure successful Assembly Service for further see Section 5 Page 5 29 troubleshooting assistance paragraph 5 6 6 TVONVW HOLASIHS 0916 8956 N d THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 SECTION 10 SPARE PARTS LIST 10 0 SPARE PARTS LIST This section provides a list of field replaceable spare parts Parts are categorized by Major Assembly and Disposable Consumable parts Table 10 1 3160 Monitor Field Replaceable Spare Parts List Invivo Part Number Description Major Assemblies 9023 WECG SPO2 Patient Module 3 7V Battery Charger 9024 WPU DCU 14 4V Battery Charger 9311 WSPO 2 Transmitter Module 9312 WECG Transmitter Module AS201 Power Adapter AS215 WPU Electronics Assembly AS219 PCU Assembly AS239 WPU Base Assembly AS240 DCU Display Assembly Disposable C
166. dy DSP Rev 50 00 CK 039E 1 19 05 EXTI O FPGA Rev 108 Agent Bench Type Perkin Elmer Agent EEProm Version 8 Figure 3 11 Sample WPU Software Revision Screen SERVICE BIO ME MED SIMULATION MODE NIBP TESTS GAS CAL MONITOR CAL ETURN SYSTEM CONFIG R WARNING The Simulation Mode will display real looking waveforms which are computer generated The monitor will not monitor patients while in the Simulation Mode Do not activate the Simulation Mode with the monitor attached to a patient To exit the Simulation Mode the monitor must be powered Off 2 SIMULATION MODE This menu option allows the operator to turn the Simulation Mode ON Selecting this menu option will first bring up a YES NO selection screen Figure 3 12 to ensure that this menu was not selected by accident When YES is selected the monitor enters the Simulation Mode of operation While in the Simulation Mode the displayed patient information 18 computer generated and not actual patient determinations As a safety feature while in the Simulation Mode the message SIMULATION is displayed in the center of the screen see Figure 3 13 and when printing any strip or chart SIMULATION will also appear on the printout see Figure 3 14 To exit the Simulation Mode the monitor must be powered Off WARNING ACTIVATE SIMULATED VALUES Do you wish to continue Figure 3 12 Simulation Mode YES No Screen Release 1 O
167. e attach monitor and keyboard as specified in Appendix E of this manual 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Turn on the EtCO2 and Agents icons as follows Press the lt 4 gt key Press the Down Arrow key until the PARAMETER SELECTION menu selection 18 highlighted Press the lt gt key to select PARAMETER SELECTION Press the Down Arrow key until the AGENTS menu selection 15 highlighted Press the lt gt key to select AGENTS Press the Down Arrow key until the ON menu option is highlighted Press the Enter key to display the Normal Screen Press the lt Esc gt key to display the Normal Screen Allow the Agent Bench to warm up for approximately 25 minutes CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES Release 1 Invivo Release 1 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 CO2 Occlusion Test Perform the CO2 Occlusion Test as follows 1 2 Place your finger over the GAS EtCO2 port on the water trap and verify the following a The message 2 OCCLUSION appears at the top of the display screen b The pump motor speed increases in an attempt to clear the occlusion Remove your finger from the GAS EtCO2 port and verify the following a The pump motor speed decreases when it senses the occlusion is cleared b The message READJUSTING CO2 ZERO appears at the top of the display screen Pump Air Flow Test Perform the Pump Air Flow Te
168. e the 3160 Series MRI Physiological Monitoring System are described in the following paragraphs 1 2 1 Wireless Processor Unit WPU The WPU contains wireless transceivers data acquisition and processing circuitry that communicate with the wireless Display Control Unit DCU ECG module and SPO2 WSPO2 module a Operating Environment The WPU is designed to operate at the 5 000 Gauss line in the generated RF field of an MRI system measured from the center line of the bore b Power Supply The AS201 Power Adapter is designed to operate on the floor at least 10 feet from a 1 5 Tesla unshielded MRI system 200 Gauss When attached the power adapter charges the WPU battery packs whether the WPU is operating or not c Battery Operation The WPU will operate at least eight 8 hours with EtCO2 and all optional devices running with NIBP performing automatic readings at five 5 minute intervals 1 2 2 Patient Connection Unit PCU The physical patient connections for NIBP and the IBP TEMP EtCO2 and Anesthetic Agents options are located on the PCU ECG SPO2 and Respiration all use wireless technology to deliver their measurements to the WPU a Operating Environment The PCU is designed to operate at the 5 000 Gauss line in the generated RF field of an MRI system measured from the center line of the bore 1 2 INTRODUCTION Release 1 Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 _ WECG WSPO2 o j di 7 Patient Module 5 St
169. eak 0 4 w kg average be used the risk of patient burn greatly increases As a result monitoring of ECG or Respiration derived from ECG leads at power levels of greater than 4 w kg peak 0 4 w kg average is not recommended for the general patient population Such monitoring should only be attempted on conscious patients with good temperature reflex so they may warn the operator of excessive heat at the monitoring sites xiv Release 1 Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 MRI SERVICE PRECAUTIONS Continued High RF Power may cause patient heating or burns Use caution for scan times greater than 15 minutes It is recommended that ECG electrode temperature be checked during scans greater than 15 minutes Release 1 XV P N 9568 3160 SERVICE MANUAL Invivo I M NN N BATTERY PACK SERVICE PRECAUTIONS AND DISPOSAL The WPU and DCU use same battery packs 2 Invivo P N 9064 The charging of these packs is normally performed by an intelligent battery charger which is internal to both the DCU WPU This charger provides the appropriate charge discharge profile depending on battery capacity It automatically turns ON OFF as required to charge discharge the battery packs A constant current of 1 5A at 16 8V 1s provided to charge the battery pack as it becomes necessary Invivo recommends removal of all batteries if the 3160 is not
170. ed in the construction of these assemblies e If scanned directly across the plane of the ECG electrode element slight image distortion may be seen at the skin surface where the electrode element is positioned Release 1 xvil P N 9568 3160 SERVICE MANUAL Invivorv USER RESPONSIBILITY This product will perform in conformity with the description contained in the Operations Manual for the 3160 Series MRI Physiological Monitor Invivo Part Number 9569 and accompanying labels and or inserts when assembled operated maintained and repaired in accordance with the instructions provided Preventive maintenance should be performed on this equipment on a periodic basis as specified in Section 7 Page 7 2 paragraph 7 3 of this manual Prior to servicing this product completely familiarize yourself with the above Operations Manual and record all user selectable settings for re installation after service repair is complete Operational quick checks see Section 2 Page 2 3 paragraph 2 6 should be successfully performed on the monitor before each use A defective product should never be used Parts that are broken missing plainly worn distorted or contaminated should be replaced immediately Neither this product nor any of its parts should be repaired other than in strict accordance with written instructions provided by Invivo or altered without the prior written approval of Invivo Should the troubleshooting procedures provided
171. ee 5 13 30 2 NOR ie iom 5 13 5 6 3 Respiration E 5 20 364 NIBP A ETE 5 21 UNE 5 28 5 29 2307 Agents Verification with EtCO2 5 30 368 Fiber Optic Temperature 5 34 205 Monitor Calibration Verification scssi nnii 5 35 60 ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES 2 va auzas 6 1 6 1 NOTER c 6 1 6 2 Equipment PET 6 1 Release 1 TABLE OF CONTENTS Continued Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 TABLE OF CONTENTS Continued Section Paragraph Title Page 6 3 DCU iir cu T 6 1 BA PCU AJ 6 1 MEL 0 0 mm 6 1 O 6 1 6 52 ECO oo 6 1 6 5 3 Agents Adjustment carian eia aai 6 3 TO MAINTENANCE eR DC 7 1 7 1 DET 7 1 Reguired Test Equipment S 7 1 1 2 s 7 1 Tas OMEN TEN 7 1 12 Fiber Optic Temperature Test 7 2 GA 7 2 a 1 02 7 2 7 3 1 Patient Module Battery Charging Every 8 Hours 7 2 7 3 2 Monitor Calibration and Verification Every 6 7 2 7 3 3 Monitor Cleaning External Every
172. either of which can typically be adapted to a given application see Figure 4 4 Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum DSSS is produced by multiplying the transmitted data stream by a much faster noise like repeating pattern The ratio by which this modulation pattern exceeds the bit rate of the baseband data is called the processing gain and is equal to the amount of rejection the system affords against the narrowband interference from multipath and jammers Transmitting the data signal as usual by varying the carrier frequency rapidly over 75 separate channels according to a pseudo random pattern produces an FHSS 1 Pseudo random channel sequence 02 43 09 22 76 58 17 DATA PN CODE quem DIRECT SEQUENCE FREQUENCY HOPPING Figure 4 4 Forms of Spread Spectrum Technology The 119 radio is capable of continuous RS232 I O communication rates between 1200 bps and 230 4 kbps with the monitor and operates at a 460 8 Kbps channel data rate with an RF frequency of 2400 MHz to 2483 MHz and an RF bandwith of 864 KHz Input supply voltage is adjustable from 3 3 Vdc to 10 Vdc 5 Vdc nominal and transmit power output is software selectable to either 10 mW 63 mW or 250 mW Radio parameter data e g Data Rate Transmit Power and Point to Point Point to Multipoint modes can be programmed into the radio on site by following the instructions provided in Section 8 of this manual Release 1
173. em Level Diagrams 190B102 D 3160 3160 Physiological Monitor Interconnect Diagram J 3 190 104 3160 AS215 WPU Interconnect Diagram J 4 190B106 C 3160 AS240 DCU Interconnect Diagram J 6 3160 ECG Parameter Functional Block Diagram J 7 3160 SPO2 Parameter Functional Block Diagram J 8 3 3160 NIBP Parameter Functional Block Diagram J 9 3160 EtCO2 Parameter Functional Block Diagram J 10 3160 Agents Parameter Functional Block Diagram J 11 3160 IBP Parameter Functional Block Diagram J 12 2 3 160 TEMP Parameter Functional Block Diagram J 13 1 3160 RESP Parameter Functional Block Diagram J 14 Major Assembly Drawings 197D729 B 3160 3160 Assembly MRI Physiological Monitor J 15 195B197 E 3160 5239 Assembly WPU Base J 16 195B102 C 3160 AS215 Assembly WPU Electronics J 20 195B106 B 3160 AS219 Assembly PCU J 26 195B198 E 3160 AS240 Assembly DCU Display 1 27 197 701 3160 9311 Assembly Wireless SPO2 Module J 32 197B702 C 3160 9312 Assembly Wireless ECG Module J 33 195B063 C AS201 AS201 Assembly Power Adapter J 34 Release 1 MAINTENANCE DRAWINGS J 1 P N 9568 3160 SERVICE MANUAL THIS SPACE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK J 2 MAINTENANCE DRAWINGS Release 1 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568
174. en no patient is currently being monitored The WPU and DCU s are reprogrammed be means of a solid state flash drive via a USB port on each unit The human operator will simply plug in the flash drive and the unit will find its new software and load it The patient modules on the other hand will be reprogrammed indirectly using the WPU The WPU will then send the new program information to the patient modules and gating unit via the radio transceivers The human operator will control which patient modules are updated Finally a need exists to log and later output raw data measurements into flash drive devices for later analysis To meet this need the ECG and SPO2 patient modules include flash memories large enough to store the required duration of data in real time The AS201 Power Adapter Battery Chargers and PCU are not reprogrammable units 4 3 Power Distribution see Figure 4 2 The AS201 power adapter contains the power supply to convert from universal AC input 47Hz to 63Hz 85 to 264VAC to isolated 18 3 Vdc This DC power is current limited to 1 7A min 3 6 inside the power adapter NOTE It is important to ensure that the safety ground is properly connected to the building ground the power adapter must be attached to something immovable at least 3 3 meters 10 feet from the MRI magnet This DC voltage is the only power input to the WPU or DCU Each of these units has provision for two 14 4 Vdc Lithium Ion ba
175. ent extinguished Proceed to Appendix G of locations this manual for further troubleshooting instructions WPU Won t Power Up on 14 4 Vdc Battery Power a Remove the WPU batteries b Perform a 9064 Battery test on both batteries see Section 7 Page 7 18 paragraph 7 10 1 At least three of the 9064 power level LED indicators are On lit Replace defective or recharge depleted WPU batter ies Proceed to Appendix G of this manual for further troubleshooting instructions DCU Won t Power a Removethe DCU Up 14 4 Vdc batteries Battery Power b Perform a 9064 Battery At least three of the 9064 Replace defective or recharge Proceed to Appendix of test on both batteries see power level LED indicators depleted DCU batter ies this manual for further Section 7 Page 7 18 are On lit troubleshooting instructions paragraph 7 10 1 DCU Powers Up But Replace the DCU Display Has No Display Assembly DCU Control Panel Replace the DCU Display Not Working Assembly TVONVW HOLASIHS 0916 8956 N d 9 6 6 ONILOOHSATINOUL T 2583123 Table 9 1 3160 Monitor Field Troubleshooting Procedures Continued S If Indication If Indication 2 Symptom Action Normal Indication Is Abnormal Is Normal DCU System Perform Section
176. ent of a defective part see Section 10 perform the System Test and Verification for the applicable Replaced Part see Section 7 Page 7 3 paragraph 7 4 1 before returning the monitor to normal operation 94 Fault Index field service fault index hardware failure indications for the 3160 monitor is provided below for ease of reference NOTE Clear all existing Power Off faults if any prior to troubleshooting any Power On faults Fault Index FAILURE INDICATION PAGE NUMBER Power Off Faults AS201 Power Adapter Won t Power Up on Facility Line 9 4 WPU Won t Power Up on A201 18 Vde Output ies cassis ees tients taxe 9 4 DCU Won t Power Up 5201 18 Vdc Output Power eese 9 5 WPL Won t Power Up on 14 4 Vde Battery Power ee orte bro teta eR Rees rd sektas 9 5 DCU Won t Power Up on 14 4 Vdc Battery Power 1 1 0 enne enne 9 5 Power On Faults DCU WPU Faults DCU Powers Up 9 5 DCU Control Panel Not Working Mm 9 5 DCU System Crash 9 6 DCU Sound System Not Working M 9 6 DCU Not Keeping DU cis sakasa vas did Ri 9 6 WPU Wont Communione wiih 9 6 Patient Parameter Faults ECG Parameter Failure Not Working cii besiriamdi bs ms 9 6 SPO2 Parameter Failure Not Working
177. eplace 4 1 V LI Batteries Agent Option Only 3160 Water Trap Refer to the 3160 Series MRI Physiological Monitor Operations Manual Invivo Part Number 9569 for procedures to replace the Water Trap d Agent Option Only WPU Disposable Anesthetic Oxygen Sensor Refer to Page 7 16 paragraph 7 8 10 for procedures to replace the Oxygen Sensor 7 4 Corrective Maintenance Corrective maintenance consists of all procedures required to return the equipment to normal operation in the event of a malfunction Troubleshooting Procedures for common symptoms that may be observed while operating or attempting to operate the 3160 monitor in the field are provided in Section 9 of this manual The maintenance technician should locate the symptom observed in the Fault Index first and then perform the associated steps in the Troubleshooting Procedures in the order presented until directed to replace a defective box cable or hose Upon successful replacement of a faulty assembly the applicable System Test and Verification see paragraph 7 4 1 below should be performed to ensure the equipment has been restored to a condition of operational readiness before returning the monitor to operation 7 2 MAINTENANCE Release 1 Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 7 4 1 System Test and Verification The System Test and Verification Procedures Table 7 1 identify the specific checks to be performed on the equipment following the field
178. er Deadweight or Manometer to the NIBP Sense Port located beneath the SPO2 connector on the PCU Primary Transducer Range and Accuracy Test Perform the Primary Pressure Transducer Range and Accuracy Test as follows 1 Set the Pressure Tester for 200 mmHg 2 Verify the following a OFFSET PRESS 209 22 b PRESS READING 200 2 CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES 5 21 P N 9568 G 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 5 22 3160 SERVICE MANUAL Set the Pressure Tester for 150 mmHg Verify the following a OFFSET PRESS 159 22 b PRESS READING 150 2 Set the Pressure Tester for 100 mmHg Verify the following a OFFSET PRESS 109 1 b PRESS READING 100 1 Set the Pressure Tester for 50 mmHg Verify the following a OFFSET PRESS 59 1 b PRESS READING 50 1 Set the Pressure Tester for 0 mmHg Verify the following a OFFSET PRESS 9 5 b PRESS READING 0 41 Set the Pressure Tester for 50 mmHg Verify the following a OFFSET PRESS 59 1 b PRESS READING 50 1 Set the Pressure Tester for 100 mmHg Verify the following a OFFSET PRESS 109 1 b PRESS READING 100 1 Set the Pressure Tester for 150 mmHg Verify the following a OFFSET PRESS 159 2 b PRESS READING 150 2 Set the Pressure Tester for 200 mmHg
179. erature reference probes one at a time to the TEMP Port on the PCU and verify for each separate reading that the displayed numeric value is within maximum tolerance of 0 3 of the corresponding value marked on the probe 1 219 FISO probe 2 379 FISO probe 3 439 FISO probe Disconnect all FISO temperature reference probes from the PCU 5 6 9 Monitor Calibration Verification Perform Monitor Calibration Verification testing as follows a b Release 1 Setup the WPU for operation in the Keyboard Navigation Nav mode attach a monitor and keyboard as specified in Appendix E of this manual Type nav Press the lt 4 gt key Press the Down Arrow key until the SERVICE BIO MED menu selection is highlighted Press the lt Enter gt key to select SERVICE BIO MED In the SERVICE BIO MED menu press the Down Arrow gt key to highlight the MONITOR CAL menu selection Press the lt gt key to select MONITOR CAL Press the Down Arrow key to highlight the YES option Press the lt gt key to display the Monitor Calibration Information Screen Press the Down Arrow key to display and verify the following numeric values in the Monitor Calibration Information Screen see Section 3 Figure 3 24 Description Displayed Value EtCO2 abs pres 8 15000 0 2 EtCO2 diff pres 2 30000 0 3 N20 7 25000 to 5 00000 CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES 5 35 P N 9568
180. es as well as the Display Control Unit are also part of the WPU The unit is powered by an AC DC AS201 power adapter during normal operation or by two removable 9064 batteries that are recharged by the same power adapter The batteries provide 8 hours of continuous operation b Patient Connection Unit The Patient Connection Unit PCU contains the connectors for all non wireless parameters i e NIBP EtCO2 etc c Display Control Unit The WPU communicates to the Display Control Unit DCU via a bi directional 2 4 GHz communication link The large color LCD display keypad and recorder of the DCU form an easy to use user interface for display control and documentation of the system patient monitoring parameters d Wireless ECG Module The Wireless ECG WECG module communicates two leads of ECG simultaneously to the WPU These two leads of ECG can be displayed at the DCU and are output from the WPU unit for interface to the MRI system cardiac gating input Release 1 INTRODUCTION 1 1 P N 9568 3160 SERVICE MANUAL Wireless SPO2 Module The Wireless SPO2 WSPO2 communicates the SPO2 value and pulse waveform and optional respiration value to the WPU The information is available for display at the DCU and the pulse data is output from the WPU for interface to the MRI system pulse peripheral gating input The 3160 Series MRI Physiological Monitor includes the following Vital Sign Parameters e Dua
181. ess door provides for the connection of 18 Vdc from the DC output connector on the AS201 Power Adapter via power cable AC517 Gating Port Item 2 The Gating port provides for the connection of a cardiac pulse synchronization interface to an MRI scanner equipped with gating capability Waste Gas Exhaust Port Item 3 The waste gas exhaust port is used for release of waste gas It is constructed to allow for connection into any existing Gas Scavenge system USB Programming Port Item 4 The USB programming port provides for the attachment of an Invivo flash drive unit for performing automatic SmartBoot reprogramming of the WPU s operating software see Section 7 Page 7 3 paragraph 7 5 Keyboard Connection Item 5 The keyboard connection provides for the attachment of a standard IBM compatible keyboard for offline operation in the Keyboard Navigation mode see Appendix E or for manually programming the WPU s 119 radio transceiver see Section 8 Monitor Connection Item 6 The VGA monitor connection provides for the attachment of a standard IBM compatible VGS SVGA monitor for offline operation in the Keyboard Navigation mode see Appendix E or for manually programming the WPU s 119 radio transceiver see Section 8 RS 232 Serial Connection Item 7 This connection is intended for factory use only DC Fuse Item 8 The FU39 5A 32V power fuse provides overcurrent protection for the 18 Vdc input power from
182. f the EtCO2 and AGENTS icons on the display 5 4 9 Recorder Verification If the Recorder option is installed Perform the following procedure to verify proper operation of the monitors printing system a b Release 1 Connect an ECG Patient Simulator to the ECG input on the PCU front panel Set the Patient Simulator to output a 1 mV square wave at 2 Hz Setup the ECG as follows 1 Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the ECG Icon 2 Press the Rotary Knob to bring up the ECG Menu 3 Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the TRACE A LEAD menu selection 4 Press the Rotary Knob to select TRACE A LEAD 5 Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the II menu selection 6 Press the Rotary Knob to select lead II 7 Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the FILTER MODE menu selection CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES 5 9 P N 9568 5 10 3160 SERVICE MANUAL 8 Press the Rotary Knob to bring up the FILTER MODE Menu 9 Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the MON menu selection 10 Press the Rotary Knob to select MON 11 Tum the Rotary Knob to highlight the SCALE menu selection 12 Press the Rotary Knob to bring up the SCALE Menu 13 Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the 10 mm mV menu selection 14 Press the Rotary Knob to select 10 mm mV Setup the Recorder as follows 1 Press the RECORDER SETUP Control Key 2 Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the TRACE 1 menu selection 3
183. for more detailed Theory of Operation for this equipment NOTE Refer to the 3160 Series MRI Physiological Monitor Operations Manual Invivo P N 9569 for general purpose operating instructions pertaining to this monitor 1 1 General Description The Model 3160 MRI Physiological Monitoring System is designed to assist clinicians in monitoring patient vital signs in the midst of the dynamic and evolving Magnetic Resonance environment combination of the latest wireless communication radio frequency RF shielding digital signal processing DSP and adaptable mounting technologies address the challenges associated with patient monitoring in the MRI area Built on Invivo s strong heritage in MRI patient vital signs monitoring the 3160 provides accurate continuous and reliable performance during all phases of MRI applications The standard 3160 configuration consists of wireless electrocardiogram ECG wireless pulse oximetry SPO2 and Non Invasive Blood Pressure NIBP Optional parameters include Invasive Blood Pressure IBP Temperature TEMP Respiration RESP End Tidal CO2 EtCO2 and Anesthetic Agents EtCO2 The 3160 system consists of the following components a Wireless Processing Unit The Wireless Processing Unit WPU houses the circuitry and hardware for support of the standard and optional patient monitoring parameters The transceivers and antennas that support wireless communication with the ECG and SPO2 modul
184. from the case by scrubbing it briskly with a damp cloth 4 Inspect all external components surfaces for the following items a Switches and controls for proper mechanical operation and no binding b Outer panels for physical damage e g dents cracks etc c Legible panel switch stenciling 5 Allow the unit to dry completely before returning it to operation b Internal Cleaning Clean and inspect the inside of the monitor as indicated below 1 Disassemble the DCU as follows Release 1 MAINTENANCE 7 1 P N 9568 a b c d e 3160 SERVICE MANUAL Invivo Ensure that the 3160 monitor is turned OFF and AS201 DC Input power is disconnected Remove the 9064 backup batteries from the DCU and WPU battery compartments Lift the DCU out of the retaining slot at the top of the MRI pole On a workbench remove front panel assembly from the DCU 10 screws Remove the RF antenna wire from the front panel 1 Disassemble the WPU as follows a b c Loosen two 2 captive screws securing the plastic WPU rear access panel to the WPU base Remove the rear access panel Remove the outer plastic cover from the WPU Electronics Assembly 4 small screws on underside of WPU base 2 Using a stream of compressed air and a non conductive hose applicator carefully eliminate deposits of dust or other debris from the inside of the monitor 3 Inspect all internal components for the fo
185. gt key to select EtCO2 6 Press the Down Arrow key until the ON menu option is highlighted 7 Press the Enter key to select ON 8 Press the lt Esc gt key to display the Normal Screen d Allow the EtCO2 Bench to warm up for approximately 25 minutes amp CO2 Occlusion Test Perform the CO2 Occlusion Test as follows 1 Place your finger over the GAS EtCO2 port on the water trap and verify the following a The message CO2 OCCLUSION appears at the top of the display screen b The pump motor speed increases in an attempt to clear the occlusion 2 Remove your finger from the GAS EtCO2 port and verify the following a The pump motor speed decreases when it senses the occlusion is cleared b The message READJUSTING CO2 ZERO appears at the top of the display screen f Pump Air Flow Test Perform Pump Air Flow Test as follows 1 Press the lt 4 gt key 2 Press the Down Arrow key until the SERVICE BIO MED menu selection is highlighted 3 Press the lt gt key to select SERVICE BIO MED 4 Press the Down Arrow key until the GAS CAL menu selection is highlighted 5 Press the lt gt key to select GAS CAL Release 1 CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES 5 29 P N 9568 5 6 7 5 30 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1 2 3160 SERVICE MANUAL Press the Down Arrow key until the ZERO CAL menu selection is highlighted
186. he exposed battery terminals If the battery 18 dead fully depleted replace the battery see Page 7 15 paragraph 7 8 5 d Ifthe voltage measured is lt 3 3 Vdc voltage reading low recharge the battery in the Patient Module battery charger Invivo Part Number 9023 for a minimum of 8 hours If the voltage measured is gt 3 3 Vdc voltage reading good reinstall the batteries in the transmitter modules 7 10 3 DCU HB16 3 Vdc Battery Test See Appendix H Figure H 2 for component location diagram Perform the HB16 motherboard lithium battery test at the DCU as indicated below a Perform steps on Page 7 13 paragraph 7 8 2 a to remove the AS240 DCU Display Assembly b On a workbench remove the front panel assembly from the DCU 10 screws Remove the RF antenna wire from the front panel d Connect a DMM across the HB16 battery negative lead to the 160 motherboard mounting screw next to the battery and a positive lead to the top of the battery case If the voltage measured is 2 9 Vdc voltage reading bad replace the DCU see Page 7 13 paragraph 7 8 2 a f If the voltage measured is gt 2 9 Vdc voltage reading good reassemble the monitor as required 7 11 Maintenance Drawings The following paragraphs provide guidance on locating replacement parts and accessories for the 3160 Series MRI Physiological Monitor Release 1 MAINTENANCE 7 19 P N 9568 3160 SERVIC
187. ht N Alternating Breathing Effort Dangerous Current Detected Voltage Class II Not MRI F Pati Equipment Compatible atent Percent Oxygen Communication A kumu Pulse Saturation uu is Not Linked W Down Decrement L Earth Ground 3 3 Input Replace Fuses Output T Fuse as Marked Product Serial Product Part Watertight SN Number REF Number IPX7 Eguipment Attention Consult Danger Attention Electrostatic A Accompanying High Voltage Safety Device Observe Documents Precautions Do Not Adjust Without Date of Antenna Equipotentiality Referring A Service Manufacture Manual X Dispose of in accordance Indicates that the device Single Patient Use Only with your country s Do Not Reuse requirements 043 Device Directive Non ionizing x MR 5 Batter gt End Tidal CO2 02 2 Radiation Conditional gt Anesthetic Agents Output Danger Possible Explosion Hazard Do Not Use in the Presence of Flammable Anesthetics End Tidal CO2 O2 Anesthetic Agents Input Release 1 go Do Not Bring Within 1000 Gauss Line v 1000G No European harmonized standard exists D member states LIST OF SYMBOLS for the transmission frequencies used for medical telemetry Potential restrictions may apply within one or more European EU 1 2 blank THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568
188. ideinformation symbolsareused CircledLetter Thisaymbolisusedtomove Diamond Thissymbolisused thetechnicianfromplacetoplaceo whenthere TroubleshootingFlow Figure 9 1 Main Troubleshooting Flow Diagram Release 1 IROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 9 3 7 6 SHUNdAIOUd 5 9 2583123 Table 9 1 3160 Monitor Field Troubleshooting Procedures 5 If Indication If Indication 2 Symptom Action Normal Indication Is Abnormal Is Normal AS201 Power Adapter Won t Power Up on Shock hazard exists Facility Line Power a Disconnect the AS201 Facility power is supplying Troubleshoot facility power the 5201 line line cord from the AC continuous AC input power cord to the AC outlet and wall outlet and verify the within tolerance 90 to proceed to action b presence of AS201 Power 264VAC 47 to 63 Hz to Adapter AC input power AS201 at the outlet R b Check the DC OUTPUT The DC OUTPUT Disconnect the AS201 line Contact Invivo Technical a Indicator on AS201 Indicator is illuminated cord from AC wall outlet Service for further 2 green and proceed to action c troubleshooting assistance S c Using DMM remove and Fuses both good Replace defective AS201 AC Reconnect the AS201 line lt check AS201 fuses fuse s cord to the AC wall outlet Q disconnect 3160 po
189. ient selection is NEO located over the ECG Icon perform the following to select ADULT a Press the lt 4 gt key b Press the Down Arrow key until the PATIENT menu selection is highlighted c Press the lt gt key to select PATIENT d Press the Down Arrow key until the ADULT menu selection is highlighted e Press the lt gt key to select ADULT f Press the lt Esc gt key to display the Normal Screen 3 Press the lt F7 gt key to start up the pump 4 Verify that the Cuff inflates to 170 mmHg before the pump stops and the system begins to release pressure through the bleed valves 5 When the blood pressure determination is complete verify that the Cuff deflates and Systolic Mean and Diastolic Blood Pressure numerics are present in the lower left of the screen in the NIBP Icon 6 Remove the Cuff from the arm 7 Attach Cuff to a solid object approximately arm size press the lt 7 gt key and verify a NIBP determination of 0 for Systolic Mean and Diastolic CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES Release 1 Invivo 8 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 Disconnect the Cuff from the NIBP Ports on the monitor front panel NOTE Perform the substeps below using an NIBP Analyzer if available 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Perform Neonatal Verification as follows a Connect a Neonatal Cuff Invivo Part Number AN
190. ifying that the highlight moves from icon to icon with a clockwise movement 2 Rotate the knob in the counter clockwise direction while verifying that the highlight moves from icon to icon with a counter clockwise movement 3 With any Parameter Icon highlighted press the knob and verify that the Parameter Menu comes up on the Display Screen 4 Rotate the knob in the clockwise direction while verifying that the highlight moves from selection to selection with a top to bottom movement 5 Rotate the knob in the counter clockwise direction while verifying that the highlight moves from selection to selection with a bottom to top movement 6 Highlight the RETURN menu item press the knob and verify that the menu is removed from the Display Screen Release 1 CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES 5 3 P N 9568 3160 SERVICE MANUAL b Control Key Verification The Control Keys are located on the Keypad to the right of the Display Screen Pressing certain Control Keys will open a function menu then with the Rotary Knob menu items may be selected and executed within the opened menu Perform the following steps to verify proper operation of the Control Keys Button Step 1 Verify the FREEZE Control Key as follows H BREEZE a Press the FREEZE Control Key b Observe that the display screen Trace A Freezes in Trace B location c Press the FREEZE Control Key d Observe that the display screen
191. ility power has been restored and the backup batteries are recharging q Set the Power Switches on the PCU DCU to the OFF 4 position Allow the backup batteries to fully recharge for a minimum of 8 hours s Disconnect the AS201 Power Adapter from the DCU 5 4 3 Display Verification Perform the following procedure to verify proper operation of the MDCU display a Reinstall the DCU on the MRI pole with power from the AS201 Power Adapter connected to the WPU and WPU batteries installed b Turn the 3160 monitor ON perform Section 2 Page 2 2 paragraph 2 5 C Confirm a Normal Screen see Section 2 Figure 2 2 with normal colors and hues displayed on the screen 5 4 4 Control Panel Verification See Figure 5 1 Perform the following procedures to verify proper operation of the Rotary Knob and Control Keys on the control panel Verification of the control panel s power switch and indicator is included in Page 5 2 paragraph 5 4 2 a Rotary Knob Verification The Rotary Knob is located to the right of the Display Screen under the Control Keys This knob performs two functions rotating turning this knob allows the operator to highlight Parameter Icons and while in a menu to highlight menu selections pushing this knob allows the operator to select the highlighted icon or menu item Perform the following procedure to verify proper operation of the Rotary Knob 1 Rotate the knob in the clockwise direction while ver
192. inspection of the DCU Display Assembly see Page 7 11 paragraph 7 7 1 b the front panel EMI gaskets are torn or show evidence of excessive wear replace the gaskets as follows NOTE Pulling or stretching the DCU gaskets may crack or otherwise damage the material a Remove power from the 3160 monitor by disconnecting it from the AS201 AC Power Adapter b Remove the 9064 backup batteries from the DCU battery compartments Replace the two EMI gaskets on the front panel assembly as follows see Appendix H Figure H 2 for component locations 1 Perform Page Page 7 13 paragraph 7 8 2 a to remove the DCU Display Assembly 2 On a workbench remove the front panel assembly from the DCU 10 screws 3 Remove the RF antenna wire from the front panel 4 Peel off the existing EMI gaskets around the perimeters of the display and handle 5 Carefully insert the replacement gaskets Invivo Part Number H165 one at a time into their respective grooves 6 Press each gasket into place ensuring it is firmly seated in its groove all the way around its perimeter 7 84 WPU DCU 9064 Battery Removal Replacement Remove the batter ies as follows a On the WPU replace the batteries as follows 1 Press the adjacent release button on the left or right side of the base to disengage the battery latch 2 Slide the battery pack out of the battery compartment in the base 3 To replace the battery slide it all the way int
193. ion reservoir 19 20 Q1 Release the stopcock then reconnect the sample tubing to the water trap Press the Down Arrow key to highlight the ID in the SPAN CAL menu applicable to the gas currently being calibrated Press the lt gt key to select the applicable Gas ID and value NOTE Do not reset the selected value to its factory default setting of 1 000 before spanning Release 1 ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES 6 5 P N 9568 6 6 Q2 3160 SERVICE MANUAL Apply the selected gas to the GAS port by turning the stopcock valve to the VO position The maximum number of times each aerosol canister may reliably be used to perform span calibration is indicated below Invivo MaximumNo Gas ID Gas Can P N Uses Can Carbon Dioxide 9091A 50 Nitrous Oxide 9091B 50 Desflurane 9091C 7 Sevoflurane 9091D 2 Isoflurane 9091E 7 Halothane 9091F 8 Enflurane 9091G 3 NOTE Make a notation on the can label each time a gas can 18 used to calibrate the Agent Bench Do not exceed the maximum number of uses indicated above per can Q3 Allow the gas to flow for approximately 30 seconds until a stable reading 18 displayed on the monitor NOTE If an anesthetic agent is being calibrated perform step 24 below To calibrate for CO2 or N2O skip this step and proceed to step 25 instead Q4 Agent Calibration Confirm the reading below that is applicable to the agent currently being calibrated
194. ion Information Screen OPERATION Release 1 Invivo Release 1 6 3160 SERVICE MANUAL SYSTEM CONFIG tcc 1 7 ENABLED P1 ENABLED PARALLEL PORT ENABLED TEMPERATURE ENABLED MONITOR MODE LOCAL Figure 3 25 SYSTEM CONFIG Menu P N 9568 SYSTEM CONFIG The SYSTEM CONFIG Menu Figure 3 25 is brought up by selecting the SYSTEM CONFIG Menu option Most of the options in this menu are sensitive and are as a result protected by a five 5 digit password that must be entered in the Password Entry Box see Figure 3 19 before the option may be adjusted The Language and Pressure Unit options are the only options in this menu which do not require that the service code be entered The following options are available in this menu a ECG 1 Selecting this menu option will enable disable the ECG 1 module b ECG 2 Selecting this menu option will enable disable the ECG 2 module c NIBP Selecting this menu option will enable disable the NIBP module d P1 Selecting this menu option will enable disable the Pressure 1 module if installed e P2 Selecting this menu option will enable disable the Pressure 2 module if installed f P3 This option is not available on the 3160 MRI Physiological Monitoring System g P4 This option is not available on the 3160 MRI Physiological Monitoring System h SPO2 Selecting this menu option will enable disable the SPO2 module 1 EtCO2 Selecting th
195. is menu option will enable disable the EtCO2 module if installed RESP Selecting this menu option will enable disable the RESP module if installed TEMPERATURE Selecting this menu option will enable disable the Temperature module if installed 1 AUX This option is not available on the 3160 MRI Physiological Monitoring System m This option is for future service enhancement OPERATION P N 9568 4 amp 3 18 3160 SERVICE MANUAL RECORDER Selecting this menu option will enable disable the RECORDER module 0 CS COMM Selecting this menu option will enable disable CS COMM p PARALLEL PORT Selecting this menu option will enable disable the Parallel Printer Port q ANALOG OUTPUT Selecting this menu option will enable disable the Analog Output Port r NETWORK Selecting this menu option provides a method of connecting to a specific radio network s ST SEGMENT This option 18 not available on the 3160 MRI Physiological Monitoring System t LINE FREQUENCY Selecting this menu option switches the ECG Notch Filter between 50 Hz and 60 Hz This filter does not apply to ECG Diagnostic Filter Mode u LANGUAGE No password entry required Selecting this menu option allows the Language of the monitor to be switched between the available languages English German Spanish Portuguese Italian Dutch Swedish and French To enable the language change the o
196. k Diagram 3160 Series Physiological Monitor TVONVW HOLASIHS 0916 8956 N d 8 1 SONIMV UG AONVNALNIVW T 2583123 SPO2 Sensor From AS201 PowerAdapter NOTES monitor configuration Legend AS215 Wireless Mon Processing Unit 195 Lom v ME WPU SensorBase 211 9311 9065 DualRadio External 8 2 Board Transmitter Batteries c SPO2 Q Module xL Radio 4 1V AB214 D3 D4 g Diversity E H Antenna See Note 1 195 SensorBase SPO2 Data Processing AB214 SDP Diversity Antenna FU39Fuse H18V 1 7A 3 6A 1 5 32 19 Universal Universal 7 H B Asynchronous Asynchronous OWSE Transceiver H WIT2450 Receiver Xmtr Receiver Xmtr See Note4 SeeNote 3 UART UART 12V t 1 1 Normal status forclearSPO2Radiosignalreceptionis IE MEET elli Z ie LEDs D3andD4alternatelyflashing 9064 RF 2 Heavylines indicate mainflowinstandardwireless H Batteri Hard Wired HE61 atteries 3 Normal status for7 segment ErrorCode Display HE61 Link 9 Antenna left decimal On lit solidgreen rightdecimalflashing 1 Antenna green andallnumericsegmentsOff extinguished eque omms LE NM 4 ThisoptionalAS201connection separately powers
197. l Trace ECG Respiration Non Invasive Blood Pressure e SPO2 EtCO2 nvasive Blood Pressure Temperature Agents with EtCO2 1 1 1 System Parameters The 3160 Series MRI Physiological Monitor System Parameters allow simultaneous processing and display of up to five parameters three waveforms and associated numeric values from each different parameter the Patient Information 18 clearly displayed on the Display Control Unit s DCU Flat Panel Display Screen 1 1 2 User Interface simple to use interface has been developed to minimize operator learning time On the DCU there is a Rotary Knob which detents from selection to selection that is used to access the parameter menus access the various setup features and finalize any changes to the setup of the monitor Frequently used menus such as Alarms Trends and Recorder have a Control Key which when pressed will open the associated menu On the Wireless Processor Unit WPU the operator needs an external display and a keyboard to access the various features 1 1 3 Versatility With its diverse offering of vital sign parameters the 3160 Series MRI Physiological Monitoring System may be configured to meet the monitoring needs of a wide spectrum of patients from Neonate to Adults Every available parameter may be easily accessed and adjusted to the unique needs condition and situation of each patient 1 2 Major Assemblies See Figure 1 1 The three major assemblies that compris
198. l the ADULT menu selection is highlighted e Press the lt gt key to select ADULT f Press the lt Esc gt key to display the Normal Screen Setup the NIBP as follows g Press the lt F4 gt key h Press the Down Arrow gt key until the SERVICE BIO MED menu selection is highlighted 1 Press the Enter key to select SERVICE BIO MED 0 Press the Down Arrow gt key until the TESTS menu selection is highlighted Press the lt Enter gt key to select NIBP TESTS 1 Press the Down Arrow key until the CALIBRATE menu selection is highlighted m Press the lt Enter gt key to make the selection Close the bleed screw on the manometer hand bulb Set the Pressure Tester for 295 mmHg 14 Verify that when the above limits are violated the pressure readings fall in the CALIBRATE menu and an OVR PRES warning message is displayed in the lower left hand corner of the screen Disconnect the manometer from the NIBP Inflate port Press the lt Esc gt key to display the Normal Screen Primary Transducer Over Pressure Test Perform Primary Pressure Transducer Over Pressure Verification as follows CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES Release 1 Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 1 Connect a manometer to the NIBP Sense port located beneath the SPO2 connector on the PCU 2 Setup the NIBP as follows n Press the lt F4 gt key 0 Press the Down Arrow gt key
199. lease 1 INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT 2 3 P N 9568 3160 SERVICE MANUAL Buono 3160 MONITOR QUICK PERFORMANCE 5 Turn the monitor ON see Page 2 2 paragraph 2 5 with the DCU and WPU units connected 1 Verify that the DCU display shows the Normal Screen 2 L1 Verify that the tri color Power Status Indicators on the PCU and DCU are both solid green not yellow red or flashing Press NIBP START STOP control key on the DCU and verify that the NIBP pump starts and inflates the cuff Press the NIBP START STOP control key again and verify that the NIBP pump stops Test the SPO2 parameter alarm system as follows 1 Turn the Rotary Knob on the DCU until the SPO2 icon is highlighted then press the ALARMS SCREEN control key 2 Turn the Rotary Knob until the OFF option is highlighted then press the knob 3 Turn the Rotary Knob until a value of 99 is highlighted then press the knob 4 Apply SPO2 sensor to your finger and wait for the SPO2 reading to be displayed 5 Disconnect the SPO2 sensor from your finger 6 Verify that the monitor sounds an audio alarm and the SPO2 Probe Off message is displayed 7 Press the ALARM SILENCE control key 8 Reconnect the SPO2 sensor to your finger 9 Verify that the Searching message is displayed until the SPO2 reading is re displayed on the monitor Press the RECORD control key on the DCU and ve
200. llowing a b c d e Securely fastened hardware e g nuts bolts screws brackets etc Circuit cards plug in modules installed and firmly seated electrical connections wiring and cables secured with no cuts breaks frayed insulation or excessive strain No crimped or loose air hoses tubing No torn cracked or wom EMI gaskets see Page 7 15 paragraph 7 8 3 4 Reassemble the monitor as required 7 7 2 Accessories Any reusable patient accessories should be cleaned after each use Disposable patient accessories should be discarded and replaced with new items Clean reusable accessories in accordance with the following steps 7 12 a b Remove the accessory from the monitor Remove any dirt or debris using soap and water Avoid immersing accessory in any fluid for cleaning Inspect the accessory for any cracks holes tears cuts etc that could affect operation and replace as necessary If disinfection 18 required use only the recommended liquid surface disinfectants unless otherwise specified in the accessories listing refer to the 3160 Series MRI Physiological Monitor Operations Manual Invivo Part Number 9569 Recommended surface disinfectants include dilute solutions of either quaternary ammonium compounds iodophors or gluteraldehydes MAINTENANCE Release 1 Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 78 Assembly Disassembly Procedures following paragraphs provide
201. m the WPU if attached b Remove WPU batteries Loosen two 2 captive screws securing the plastic WPU rear access panel to the WPU base d Remove the rear access panel amp Unplug adapter cable assembly from top of disposable oxygen sensor Unscrew oxygen sensor from threaded port on the O2 Sensor Assembly 7 16 MAINTENANCE Release 1 Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 g Screw replacement disposable oxygen sensor into the threaded port on the O2 Sensor Assembly Hand tighten only h Plug adapter cable assembly into top of disposable oxygen sensor 1 Reinstall the rear access panel and tighten the two captive screws 7 811 DCU HE61 Radio Antenna Removal Replacement Remove the HE61 radio antenna as follows a Unscrew Antenna HE61 from Telemetry Antenna Cable AC543 b Reverse the above step to install a replacement antenna 7 8 12 HE61 Radio Antenna Removal Replacement Remove the HE61 radio antenna as follows a Remove power from the 3160 monitor by disconnecting it from the AS201 AC Power Adapter b Remove the 9064 backup batteries from the WPU base two 2 captive screws securing the plastic WPU rear access panel to the WPU ase d Remove the rear access panel Remove the outer plastic cover from the WPU Electronics assembly 4 small screws on underside of WPU base f Unscrew Antenna HE61 from Telemetry Antenna Cable AC543 g Reverse the above step to install
202. mation to remote monitors It receives patient data using battery powered wireless sensors and conventional sensors The AS215 Wireless Processor Unit WPU Electronics Assembly 18 located in the AS239 Base Assembly of the 3160 monitor and will be moved close to the MR magnet in use It provides patient data processing and radio transceiver communication control The AS219 Patient Connection Unit PCU is the small box attached to the middle of the MRI pole on the AS239 It provides the means to physically connect sensor cables to the patient The AS240 Display Control Unit DCU Display Assemblies are the stylized boxes containing an LCD parameter display and control panel on the front These devices are the operator interfaces The AS240 can also be detached from its retaining slot at the top of the MRI pole and relocated to the console room for uninterrupted patient vital signs monitoring during MRI scans The Wireless ECG and SPO2 patient modules are small a little larger than a pack of cigarettes battery operated transmitter modules They are used to measure basic patient parameters while in the MR bore and transmit the information to the WPU for processing across a radio data link The AS201 power adapter is a box that has a country unique AC power cord on one end and a special power cord on the other end that supplies DC power to the 3160 components The WPU DCU Battery Charger is a future option to be used offline in the console room to re
203. mental Protection Agency EPA hazardous waste regulations as conveyed by the Resources Conservation and Recovery Act RCRA The only metal of possible concern in the cell is the lithium metal that 18 not listed or characterized as a toxic hazardous waste Significant amount of spent cells and batteries that are untreated and not fully discharged are considered reactive hazardous waste Thus hazardous waste of spent cells and batteries can be disposed after they are first neutralized through an approved secondary treatment prior to disposal as required by U S Land Ban Restriction of the Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments of 1984 Disposal of spent batteries should be performed by an authorized professional disposal company which has the knowledge in the requirements of the Federal State and Local authorities regarding hazardous materials transportation and waste disposal In any case it is recommended to contact the local EPA office xvi Release 1 Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 MRI COMPATIBILITY The Quadtrode MRI ECG Electrode Pad and ECG Patient Lead Wires and Cable are compatible with Magnetic Resonance Imaging MRI Systems within the following guidelines MRI systems with static magnetic field strengths up to 3 0 Tesla Usable within the MRI system bore with Specific Absorption Ratios SARs up to 4 0 w kg peak Use with higher SARs greatly increases the risk of patient burns Non magnetic materials are us
204. mer Service Release 1 REPAIR B 1 P N 9568 REF 3160 SN Invivo 12601 Research Porkwoy Mose in Orlando FL 32826 BUM CAUTION Federal law in U S A restricts this device to sale by or on the order of a licensed medical proctitioner only 1 PU ID Label 3160 SERVICE MANUAL REF 3160DCU SN XXxxx Invivo 12601 Reseorch Porkwoy ir Orlondo FL 52826 5 CAUTION Federal law in U S A and Canada restricts this device to sale by or on the order of a licensed medical practitioner only DCU D Label Figure B 1 Sample 3160 Monitor ID Labels ASSEM BLY NUM BER 211 REV A 307978014 REV IBDN LEVEL SERIAL NUM BER Figure B 2 Sample Assembly Subassembly Label REPAIR Release 1 Invivo Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 APPENDIX C WARRANTY C 0 WARRANTY INVIVO CORPORATION warrants this product other than its expendable parts to be free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of twelve 12 months from the date of original delivery to the buyer or to buyer s order provided that same is properly operated under conditions of normal use and that preventive maintenance and service is performed This same warranty is made for a period of thirty 30 days on expendable parts This warranty shall become null and void if the product has been repaired other than by Inviv
205. n ECG count of 120 1 BPM c The QRS Symbol flashing heart is present d ORS Heart Rate Tone is present with NO double tones Set the Patient Simulator to output a 2 mV QRS pulse at 240 BPMs Verify the following a B shows a waveform train of moving QRS pulses without jittering b Trace B numerics indicate an ECG count of 240 5 BPMs c The QRS Symbol flashing heart is present d ORS Heart Rate Tone is present with NO double tones Set the Patient Simulator to output a 2 mV QRS pulse at 300 BPMs Verify lead II alternately flashes 250 and OVR Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the ECG Icon Press the Rotary Knob to bring up the ECG Menu Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the CALIBRATE menu selection Press the Rotary Knob to select ECG CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES Release 1 Invivo 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 Verify a calibration waveform on Trace B Press the Rotary Knob to select OFF Confirm lead II is selected for TRACE B LEAD Set Patient Simulator to output a 1 mV square wave at 2 Hz 240 BPM Verify an ECG count of 240 5 BPM Set the Patient Simulator to output a 1 5 mV QRS pulse at 60 BPM S Disconnect the Patient Simulator from the ECG transmitter aa ECG Lead Fail Verification Trace B If the Dual ECG option is installed Perform the following procedure to verify proper operation of the ECG Lead Fail Circ
206. n communicating with a WPU containing a compatible program The following is a step by step procedure for reprogramming the DCU 1 2 3 4 5 6 Detach the DCU from the MRI pole Remove the service panel on the rear of the DCU Connect the AS201 Power Adapter to the DCU unit and insert at least one 1 fully charged battery into the DCU battery compartment Turn ON the DCU and wait until the Normal Screen is displayed The DCU need not be communicating with a WPU for it to be reprogrammed Prior to inserting the USB device to update software ensure that you have entered NAV mode by typing nav on an attached keyboard Insert the USB program update flash drive containing the desired program s into the USB connector on the rear of the unit If the USB drive is a valid Invivo program update device the DCU will display the DCU Program Update Window which will list the DCU program elements and any other pertinent data contained on the USB drive You will also be given a choice of whether or not to proceed with the reprogramming An example of this dialog window is shown in Figure 7 1 DCU PROGRAM UPDATE A program update device has been inserted into this DCU This drive contains the following items used by the DCU Part No Revision Current Revision X DCU02 DCUO1 114 03 03 Items shown with an X are different than what is currently in this DCU Do you want To reprogram this DCU with
207. n of circuits yielding a long term reliability problem Avoid rough handling of all exposed chassis parts and DCU front panel overlay These parts can be scratched causing obtrusive cosmetic defects Do not apply any unnecessary pressure to the screen area of the DCU Severe pressure applied to this portion of the monitor could result in damage or failure of this screen All equipment not complying with IEC 60601 1 should be placed outside the patient environment Only connect IEC 60601 1 compliant equipment to this monitor To avoid potentially hazardous leakage currents always check the summation of leakage currents when several items of equipment are interconnected This system is intended for use in the Magnetic Resonance Imaging areas Use only ferrous or non magnetic replacement parts in the monitor Connect the AS201 Power Adapter only to a three wire grounded hospital grade receptacle The three conductor plug must be inserted into a properly wired three wire receptacle 1f a three wire receptacle is not available a qualified electrician must install one in accordance with the governing electrical code Do not under any circumstances remove the grounding conductor from the AS201 power plug Avoid use of electrical power extension cords Electrical power extension cords may create a safety hazard by compromising the grounding integrity of the monitor This monitor and its listed accessories may be safely powered by
208. n of the NIBP START STOP Control Key Verify the ALARM SILENCE Control Key as follows a Press the ALARM SILENCE Control Key b Observe that pressing this Control Key stops the alarm tone when an alarm is active Pressing this key has no effect when audio alarms are disabled 5 4 5 Sound System Verification and Adjustment Perform the following procedure to verify and adjust the volume level of the Alarm Tone Pulse Tone or the Click Tone a Access the SOUND ADJUST Menu as follows 1 Press the SETUP Control Key 2 Use the Rotary Knob to highlight the SOUND ADJUST menu selection 3 Press the Rotary Knob 4 Use the Rotary Knob to highlight the ALARMS menu selection 5 Press the Rotary Knob 6 Use the Rotary Knob to highlight the OFF selection 7 Press the Rotary Knob b Verify and adjust the Alarm Tone Volume as follows 1 Use the Rotary Knob to highlight the ALARM VOLUME menu selection 2 Press the Rotary Knob 3 Use the Rotary Knob to highlight the various Volume settings pressing the knob at each one to verify that the volume level changes 4 Use the Rotary Knob to highlight 4 5 Press the Rotary Knob CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES Release 1 5 6 Invivo e 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 6 Scroll to the DONE menu selection and press the Rotary Knob Verify and adjust the Pulse Tone Volume as follows 1 Use the Rotary Knob to highlight the PULSE VOLUME menu selection
209. nd troubleshooting the 3160 monitor Test points adjustable components maintenance displays status LEDs and jumpers are itemized as required H 1 Component Index An index of the field service component location diagrams incuded in this Appendix is provided below for ease of reference Component Index DIAGRAM PAGE NUMBER Major Assemblies Figure H 1 WPU Right Rear View Component Location H 2 Figure H 2 DCU Front Panel Assembly Component Location Diagram H 2 Figure H 3 DCU Rear Panel Assembly Component Location Diagram H 3 Figure H 4 PCU Exploded View Component Location Diagram H 3 Figure H 5 5201 Power Adapter Front View Component Location Diagram H 4 Subassemblies Circuit Cards Figure H 6 AB213 Power Board Component Location Diagram H 4 Release 1 COMPONENT LOCATION DIAGRAMS H 1 P N 9568 3160 SERVICE MANUAL OXYGEN SENSOR Port Figure 1 WPU Right Rear View Component Location Diagram
210. nent Location Diagram oett retreat H 4 Release 1 Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 Table 5 1 5 2 7 1 9 1 10 1 E 1 G 1 I 1 J 1 LIST OF TABLES Title Page Patient Simulator ECG Lead Attachments le neo ranas 5 13 Terminal Selections n enna 5 16 3160 Monitor Field System Test and Verification 7 3 3160 Monitor Field Troubleshooting iieri ere trn er rr br PIRE oss 9 4 3160 Monitor Field Replaceable Spore Parts List iuret beris tre Eo pud eain 10 1 Navilsation Activation EUR o vicas salst ra DPF brakes v pes oe USt DN DIAS E 1 AB2 13 Power Bond pass Uo adeo ven eaten ends he ms ik pei G 3 3160 Monitor Preventive Maintenance 1 3 c HH a N N J 1 Release 1 ix P N 9568 3160 SERVICE MANUAL THIS SPACE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK X Release 1 Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 EQUIPMENT CLASSIFICATION Classification according to IEC 60601 1 According to the type of protection against Class I equipment electrical shock According to the degree of protection against Type CF defibrillator proof equipment electrical shock According to the degree of protection against Ordinary equipment enclosed equipment harmful ingress of water without pr
211. ng procedure to verify proper operation of the ECG Neonatal Circuitry 1 Connect an ECG Patient Simulator to the WECG transmitter leads see Page 5 13 Table 5 1 2 Set the Patient Simulator to output a 0 15 mV QRS pulse at 80 BPMs 3 Select ECG Lead III as follows a Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the ECG Icon b Press the Rotary Knob to bring up the ECG Menu Release 1 CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES 5 19 P N 9568 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 d e f g 3160 SERVICE MANUAL Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the TRACE B LEAD menu selection Press the Rotary Knob to select TRACE B LEAD Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the III menu selection Press the Rotary Knob to select lead III Press the NORMAL SCREEN Control Key Verify that while still in Adult Mode there is no QRS Tone and 0 BPM is displayed Change the Patient Mode as follows a b c d e f Press the SETUP Control Key Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the PATIENT menu selection Press the Rotary Knob to select PATIENT Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the NEO menu selection Press the Rotary Knob to select NEO Press the NORMAL SCREEN Control Key Verify a count of 80 1 a flashing heart symbol and audible tone and no LEAD FAIL message in the ECG message area Set the Patient Simulator to output a 1 0 mV QRS pulse at 60 BPMs Change the Patient M
212. nister Invivo P N 9091A is 10 and 1 CO2 7 6 mmHg at sea level a monitor located at that approximate elevation should display a 10 CO2 reading of 76 mmHg 10 x 7 6 76 mmHg 18 based on a barometric pressure reading of 29 92 inches of mercury Barometric pressure Hg x 25 4 mm inch x 0 10 Since 195 CO2 6 3 mmHg at 5 000 feet above sea level a monitor located at that approximate elevation should display a CO2 reading of 63 mmHg 10 x 6 3 If the above reading is incorrect on the monitor perform the following steps a Press the Down Arrow gt key until the value displayed on the monitor matches the above Reading This adjustment is performed in real time NOTE The low pressure calibration reservoir must remain filled to a capacity of gt 10 total volume to ensure sufficient gas flow and concentration accuracy b Press the Enter key to set the new SPAN CAL value c Press the Down Atrow gt key to highlight the STORE menu selection d Press the lt gt key to save the new setting 26 Purge the low pressure calibration reservoir until the 2 Occlusion message is displayed on the monitor 27 Disconnect the sample tubing from the water trap 28 Repeat steps 2 through 27 above for each remaining gas to be calibrated 29 Pressthe lt gt key to display the Normal Screen h Perform Agents Verification see Section 5 Page 5 30 paragraph 5 6 7 6 8 ADJUSTMENT PROC
213. nly when the monitor is being moved or when it cannot be readily connected to the MRI pole or directly to the AS201 power adapter for normal DC input power C 19 2 Q Ea Figure 3 3 WPU Front Panel 3 2 4 WPU Front Panel See Figure 3 3 The following is a description of the WPU front panel connections and inputs a Release 1 Battery Compartments Item 1 The battery compartments each hold one rechargeable 9064 battery The backup batteries permit battery operation of the WPU for brief periods of time at least 8 hours The batteries are intended for use only when the monitor is being moved or when it cannot be readily connected to the AS201 power adapter for normal DC input power Battery Release Buttons Item 2 The battery release buttons are separately pressed to release the associated 9064 batteries from their respective compartments OPERATION 3 3 P N 9568 3160 SERVICE MANUAL Hinged Rear Power Access A ccess Panel Door pen 9 8 H inged 7 M aintenance A ccess 6 Door 2 5 Open 5 pu Figure 3 4 WPU Rear Panel 3 2 5 WPU Rear Panel See Figure 3 4 The following is a description of the WPU rear panel connections and inputs 3 4 ga DC Power Port Item 1 The DC power port located behind the hinged power acc
214. ntenance steps to isolate a system fault to a defective box or disposable consumable part a Perform Section 7 Page 7 17 paragraph 7 9 to obtain maintenance access to the internal components of the 3160 monitor the monitor should power up with the WPU running AS201 18 Vdc output power and the DCU operating on 9064 14 Vdc backup battery power b Confirm that all system interconnect cables and hoses between the WPU DCU and PCU are securely attached according to 3160 Interconnect Diagrams located in Appendix J of this manual c Verify that all accessory cables and hoses are securely attached to the PCU If any cables or hoses are loose or disconnected securely reattach them to the equipment Verify that the fault has been cleared if not proceed to step e e Locate the fault observed in the Fault Index Enter the troubleshooting table Table 9 1 at the page specified in the index and perform the troubleshooting procedures prescribed for that fault in the sequence presented Reference can also be made to the applicable Functional Block Diagrams located in Appendix J for further guidance concerning the ECG SPO2 NIBP and optional Agents IBP TEMP RESP and EtCO2 Patient Parameter Faults Troubleshooting will normally continue until the technician is directed to replace the faulty hardware with a spare part Release 1 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES 9 P N 9568 3160 SERVICE MANUAL g Upon replacem
215. nts etc This variation may require moving the patient monitoring system away from the magnet if system abnormalities or malfunctions are observed Prior to clinical use the operator should be aware of the minimum distance from the MRI system for proper operation If brought closer than the 5000 Gauss Field Line the monitor failure and or patient or user injury may result The Remote Monitor is also specifically designed not to interfere with MRI operations and may be used in the Magnet Room at or outside the 1000 Gauss 0 1T Field Line of the MRI System If brought closer than the 1000 Gauss Field Line monitor damage failure to operate may result Risk of RF current burn Cables which become inadvertently looped during an MRI act as conductive lines for RF induced currents When lead wires or other cables form conductive loop in contact with the patient s tissue minor to severe burning can result Perform the following to minimize risk of RF current burn a Place cables and lead wires neatly in straight alignment with no looping b Keep the length of lead wires and patient cable within the bore to a minimum C RF burn risk increases when multiple sensors cables are in use Such combinations are not recommended d The high radio frequency RF power used in MR scanning poses an ever present risk of excessive heat at the monitoring sites and therefore the risk of RF current burn Should power levels greater than the SAR of 4 w kg p
216. number may then be checked off and or initialed to the right of the X mark the chart as it is successfully completed by the biotechnician s NOTE A separate preventive maintenance chart must be set up and maintained every service year for each monitor in use Release 1 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHART I 1 P N 9568 3160 SERVICE MANUAL Invivo THIS SPACE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK I 2 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHART Release 1 250212 LYVHD ADNVNALNIVW FALINAA ddd v D I MONITOR S N INSTALLATION DATE Table I 1 3160 Monitor Preventive Maintenance Chart Month Paragraph 7 3 1 Every 8 hours of use Paragraph 7 3 2 734 Paragraph 75 Paragraph 736 Paragraph 7 3 7 TVONVW HOLASIHS 0916 8956 N d THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 APPENDIX J MAINTENANCE DRAWINGS J 0 MAINTENANCE DRAWINGS Maintenance significant System Level Diagrams and Major Assembly Drawings for field service repair of the 3160 monitor are provided as fold out pages in this Appendix J 4 Drawing Index The Maintenance Drawings are listed for ease of reference in the following Drawing Index see Table J 1 Table J 1 Drawing Index Drawing Rev Used On Assembly Drawing Title Pg Syst
217. o or if the product has been subject to misuse accident negligence or abuse Invivo s sole obligation under this warranty is limited to repairing a product which has been reported to Invivo s Technical Service Center during normal business hours see Section 1 Page 1 6 paragraph 1 5 and shipped transportation prepaid Invivo shall not be liable for any damages including but not limited to incidental damages consequential damages or special damages This warranty is in lieu of any other warranties guarantees or conditions including merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose The remedies under this warranty are exclusive and Invivo neither assumes nor authorizes anyone to assume for it any other obligation in connection with the sale or repair of its products INVIVO CORP PRODUCTS CONTAIN PROPRIETARY COPY WRITTEN MATERIAL ALL RIGHTS ARE RESERVED BY INVIVO CORPORATION Release 1 WARRANTY C 1 C 2 blank THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 APPENDIX D PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS 0 0 PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL PATIENT SAFETY Designed to meet the requirements of CSA 22 2 and UL 60601 1 Defibrillator protection up to 5 KV AS201 POWER REQUIREMENTS AC Input Input Voltages Frequencies 86 265 VAC 47 63 Hz Output Voltage 18 3 Vdc 3 6A Power Consumption Maximum lt 100 Watts AC Fuses HE98 2 1 5 250 V Slo
218. o select lead III g Press the NORMAL SCREEN Control Key Verify that while still in Adult Mode there is no QRS Tone and 0 BPM is displayed Change the Patient Mode as follows a Press the SETUP Control Key b Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the PATIENT menu selection c Press the Rotary Knob to select PATIENT d Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the NEO menu selection e Press the Rotary Knob to select NEO f Press the NORMAL SCREEN Control Key Verify a QRS count of 80 1 a flashing heart symbol and audible tone and no LEAD FAIL message in the ECG message area Set the Patient Simulator to output a 1 0 mV QRS pulse at 60 BPMs Change the Patient Mode as follows a Press the SETUP Control Key b Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the PATIENT menu selection c Press the Rotary Knob to select PATIENT CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES Release 1 Invivo Release 1 9 10 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 d Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the ADULT menu selection e Press the Rotary Knob to select ADULT f Press the NORMAL SCREEN Control Key Select ECG Lead II as follows a Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the ECG Icon b Press the Rotary Knob to bring up the ECG Menu c Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the TRACE A LEAD menu selection d Press the Rotary Knob to select TRACE A LEAD e Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the II menu selection f
219. o the GAS EtCO2 port on the water trap 11 Apply the Calibration Gas to the GAS port by pressing the nozzle on the can 12 Allow the gas to flow for approximately 30 seconds until a stable reading is displayed on the monitor 13 Confirm the CO2 reading below Readings are displayed at the indicated 6 2 screen location ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES Release 1 Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 Gas Reading Location EtCO2 icon 4 amp Upper Value Carbon Dioxide NOTE This reading is expressed in units of mmHg on the display and varies according to altitude Since the concentration of CO2 gas in the Calibration Gas canister Invivo Part Number 9010F is 10 and 1 CO2 equals 7 6 mmHg at sea level a monitor located at that approximate elevation should display a 10 CO2 reading of 76 mmHg 10 x 7 6 76 mmHg is based on a barometric pressure reading of 29 92 inches of mercury Barometric pressure Hg x 25 4 mm inch x 0 10 Since 1 CO2 equals 6 3 mmHg at 5 000 feet above sea level a monitor located at that approximate elevation should display a CO2 reading of 63 mmHg 10 x 6 3 h If the above reading is incorrect on the monitor perform the following steps a Press the lt Down Arrow gt key until the value displayed on the monitor matches the above Reading This adjustment is performed in real time b Press the lt Enter gt key to set the new SPAN CAL menu c Press the Down Ar
220. o the housing until the battery latch is engaged 4 Dispose of used battery pack s as specified in the BATTERY PACK SERVICE PRECAUTIONS AND DISPOSAL procedures located in the front of this manual b On the DCU replace the batteries as follows 1 Press the associated release button on the rear panel of the display to disengage the battery latch 2 Slide the battery housing out of the battery compartment in the side of the display 3 To replace the battery slide it all the way into the housing until the battery latch is engaged 4 Dispose of used battery pack s as specified in the BATTERY PACK SERVICE PRECAUTIONS AND DISPOSAL procedures located in the front of this manual 7 85 5 2 9065 Patient Module LI Battery Removal Replacement Remove the batter 1es as follows Release 1 MAINTENANCE 7 15 P N 9568 3160 SERVICE MANUAL Invivo a Press the two release latches on the battery to disengage the battery housing from the wireless module Slide the battery out of the battery compartment To replace the battery slide it all the way into the wireless module until the battery latches are engaged 7 8 6 FU39 DC Fuse Removal Replacement Remove the in line DC fuse as follows a Turn monitor power OFF b Pull the 5A 32V fuse out of the fuse housing on the rear panel of the WPU base Reverse step b to install a replacement fuse 7 8 DCU FU39 DC Fuse Removal Re
221. ode as follows a b c d e f Press the SETUP Control Key Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the PATIENT menu selection Press the Rotary Knob to select PATIENT Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the ADULT menu selection Press the Rotary Knob to select ADULT Press the NORMAL SCREEN Control Key Select ECG Lead II as follows a b c d e f g Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the ECG Icon Press the Rotary Knob to bring up the ECG Menu Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the TRACE B LEAD menu selection Press the Rotary Knob to select TRACE B LEAD Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the II menu selection Press the Rotary Knob to select lead II Press the NORMAL SCREEN Control Key Disconnect the Patient Simulator and ECG transmitter 5 6 3 Respiration Verification If the Respiration option is installed Perform the following to verify proper operation of the Respiration system a Connect a Respiration Pillow Sensor to the RESP input on the WSPO2 Transmitter Module 5 20 CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES Release 1 Invivo b 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 Using the system clock in the upper left hand corner of the DCU display repeatedly compress the pillow sensor approximately every two 2 seconds to simulate a breathing pattern Verify a flashing lung and an approximate respiration rate of 30 lower value on the EtCO2 icon are displayed on the
222. oduct line as well The Technical Support Department also publishes product service bulletins as well as providing technical training to clinical engineering personnel 1 6 INTRODUCTION Release 1 Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 Current domestic and international contact Voice FAX telephone numbers for the Invivo Technical Support Department are available by accessing the following webpage http www invivocorp com service index htm Release 1 INTRODUCTION 1 7 1 8 blank THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 SECTION 2 INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT 2 0 INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT 21 Preinstallation Refer to Appendix D for a description of facility environmental and power requirements dimensions weight and other product specifications for the 3160 Series MRI Physiological Monitor Ensure that all applicable environmental power and space requirements are met before installing the monitor in the facility 2 2 Monitor Mounting Select a location where monitor will not come in contact with liquids and where the heat will not raise the monitor s temperature above 44 C 110 F Maintain adequate air flow around the unit to help keep it within the normal operating temperature range There are air holes on the bottom and rear of the monitor that must not become clogged or closed off Humidity and temperature must never combine to cause condensation to form in or on this monitor
223. onsumable Parts 9064 WPU DCU 14 4V Lithium Ion Battery 9065 WECG WSPO2 Patient Module 4 1V LI Batteries 9445 Disposable Anesthetic Oxygen Sensor Agent Option Only 9010F Calibration Gas Canister CO2 EtCO2 Option Only 9034 Check Gas Canister Desflurane Agent Option Only 9034B Check Gas Canister Enflurane Agent Option Only 9034C Check Gas Canister Sevoflurane Agent Option Only 9034D Check Gas Canister Isoflurane Agent Option Only 9034E Check Gas Canister Halothane Agent Option Only 94006 Span Cal Gas Kit Carbon Dioxide Agent Option Only 940068 Span Gas Kit Nitrous Oxide Agent Option Only 94006C Span Cal Gas Kit Desflurane Agent Option Only 94006D Span Cal Gas Kit Sevoflurane Agent Option Only 94006E Span Cal Gas Kit Isoflurane Agent Option Only 94006F Span Cal Gas Kit Halothane Agent Option Only 944006 Span Cal Gas Kit Enflurane Agent Option Only 820115 250 Fue FUS WPUDCUSA 32VFue Release 1 SPARE PARTS LIST 10 1 P N 9568 3160 SERVICE MANUAL Table 10 1 3160 Monitor Field Replaceable Spare Parts List Continued Invivo Part Number Description H165 Front Panel EMI Gasket HM92E3 3160 Water Trap Gas Option Only FOOTNOTES AS219 PCU Assembly also include the pole mount bracket connector panel and front rear covers with mounting hardware as well as the AS2
224. operly To determine if the DCU is still functional when this has happened perform the procedure below 1 If the DCU is currently powered ON turn it OFF 2 If the USB program update device is still inserted into the DCU remove it 3 Turn the DCU ON If the Normal Screen does not appear within one minute the DCU is no longer functional 4 If the DCU is functional repeat the normal DCU Program Update procedure give in subparagraph a to ensure that the DCU is currently reprogrammed with all necessary program elements on the USB program update device 5 If the DCU is not functional perform the following procedure a Turn the DCU OFF b Insert the USB program update device into the USB connector on the rear of the DCU c Turn the DCU ON The Invivo splash screen will appear and then the following text will be displayed DCU OPERATIONAL PROGRAM UPDATE IN PROGRESS DO NOT REMOVE USB DRIVE FROM DCU MAINTENANCE Release 1 Invivo Release 1 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 P d The unit will begin reprogramming the operational software from the USB device A series of X characters will appear below the number scale indicating the progress of reprogramming Do not turn off the DCU and do not remove the USB device from the unit while reprogramming is in progress e When reprogramming is complete the following text will be displayed DCU OPERATIONAL PROGRAM UPDATE COMPLETE T
225. or both transmission and reception 7 1 U Universal Serial Bus USB a parallel inter face for low speed peripheral devices 3 2 V Video Graphics Array VGA a video stan dard that allows for resolution up to 640x480 with up to 16 colors at a time 3 2 W WECG Wireless ECG 1 1 WPU Wireless Processing Unit 1 1 WSPO2 Wireless SPO2 1 2 Release 1 GLOSSARY Glossary 3 Glossary 4 blank THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL I INDEX A Adjustment Procedures 6 1 DCU Adjustments 6 1 Introduction 5 7 6 1 PCU Adjustments 6 1 Required Test Equipment 6 1 WPU Adjustments 6 7 Agents Adjustment Procedure 6 3 Agents Span Calibration 6 4 EtCO2 Adjustment Procedure 6 1 EtCO2 Span Calibration 6 2 Setup 6 1 B Barometric Pressure Graph 1 Calibration and Verification 5 7 DCU Verification 5 Cold Start Verification 5 9 Control Panel Verification 5 3 Control Key Verification 5 4 ALARM SILENCE 5 6 ALARMS SCREEN 5 4 CLEAR TRENDS 5 5 EVENT MARK 5 4 FREEZE 5 4 NIBP INTERVAL 5 5 CO2 Occlusion Test 5 31 Gas Monitor Test 5 32 Pump Air Flow Test 5 37 Pump Speed Test 5 31 Span Calibration Test 5 33 ECG Verification 5 3 Dual ECG Verification Trace B 5 17 ECG Lead Fail Verification Trace A 5 15 ECG Lead Fail Verification Trace 5 19 ECG Neonate Sensitivity Verification Trace 5 16
226. orage y located behind UT the DCU on the 1 S MRI Pole Control Unit DCU 2 A Slot i Disposable PCU Water Trap GAS Option Iu MRI Pole Wireless Processor Unit WPU Figure 1 1 3160 Major Assemblies b Monitoring The PCU contains the physical connections for the NIBP and when installed the optional IBP TEMP EtCO2 and Anesthetic Agents parameters If a GAS is installed EtCO2 or Anesthetic Agents the PCU also contains a disposable water trap to prevent moisture contamination of the components 1 2 3 Display Control Unit DCU The detachable DCU unit normally mounted into a retaining slot at the top of the MRI pole provides for control and display of the monitored parameters Control of the Monitoring Features is provided through the use of a Rotary Knob as the operator turns the Rotary Knob either clockwise or counter clockwise with each detent the next Menu Select Icon Vital Sign Numerical Display will become highlighted selected and when the appropriate display 1s selected pressing the Rotary Knob will bring up the menu for that parameter For control and adjustment of the operation and features the Keypad contains three separate sets of pushbutton keys which contain both operational and menu select keys 1 3 Wireless Monitoring Capability The 3160 monitor utilizes wireless radio technology for ECG and SPO2 RESP patient monitoring as described in the foll
227. ot be duplicated on the bench G2 Troubleshooting Flow See Figure G 1 Error codes are presented on two 2 adjacent 7 segment plus two decimal points LED Error Code Displays U8 and U9 located on the DCU AB213 power board Perform the following maintenance steps to access the fatal error code displayed on the AB213 board correct the equipment malfunction and return the 3160 monitor to normal operation a Ensure that the Power Switches on the PCU and DCU are set to the OFF 6 position b Remove the 9064 backup batteries from the WPU base Perform Section 7 Page 7 13 paragraph 7 8 2 to remove the 240 DCU Display Assembly d On a workbench remove the front panel assembly from the DCU 10 screws Connect AS201 Power Adapter to the DCU and reinstall the 9064 backup batteries into the DCU rear battery compartments f Set the Power Switch on DCU to the ON 9 position the DCU powers up g Read and record the error code located on the DCU AB213 board s Error Code Display see Appendix H Figure H 6 for component locations h Enter Table G 1 and perform the Corrective Action s prescribed for that error code in the sequence presented 1 Upon replacement of defective hardware perform System Test Verification for the applicable Replaced Part see Section 7 Page 7 3 paragraph 7 4 1 before returning the monitor to normal operation Release 1 AB213 POWER BOARD ERROR CO
228. otection against ingress of water According to the methods of sterilization or Non sterilizable Use of Liquid surface disinfection disinfectants only According to the mode of operation Continuous operation Equipment not suitable for use in the presence of a flammable anesthetic mixture with air or with oxygen or nitrous oxide Release 1 xi P N 9568 3160 SERVICE MANUAL Invivo PRECAUTIONS GENERAL SERVICE PRECAUTIONS Notes Cautions and Warnings The following is a description of the format and meaning of Notes Cautions and Warnings that appear in the body of this manual a Notes Notes are text boxes which contain special operational information applicable to the step or procedure which they precede The Note box contains no bordering lines Notes are presented as shown below NOTE This is a sample note b Cautions A Caution is a statement that alerts the user to the possibility of a problem with the device associated with its use or misuse Cautions are bordered top and bottom with thick lines Cautions are presented as shown below The AN international symbol is used to indicate a Precautionary Alert Warnings A Warning is a statement that alerts the user to the possibility of injury death or other adverse reactions associated with the use or misuse of the device The Warning box is bordere
229. ow Otherwise contact Invivo Technical Support for further assistance i To ensure that the WPU is reprogrammed with all necessary program elements on the USB program update device repeat the normal WPU Program Update procedure given in subparagraph c 7 6 DCU Cold Start Perform the following procedure to cold start the DCU unit Set the Power Switch on the DCU to the OFF 6 position b Press and hold the Rotary Knob while turning the DCU Power Switch to ON When the DOS prompt appears in the upper left corner of the display screen in approximately 10 15 seconds release the Rotary Knob then immediately press and hold the NORMAL SCREEN Control Key d When the Cold Start banner is momentarily displayed release the NORMAL SCREEN Control Key 7 7 Cleaning Instructions for cleaning the monitor and accessories are provided in the following paragraphs 7 7 1 Monitor Clean and inspect the monitor in accordance with the following steps WARNING Electrical shock hazard Turn off the monitor and disconnect AS201 DC Input power before cleaning Do not immerse the monitor in any water or liquid for any reason Do not apply excessive pressure to the monitor control panel display screen a External Cleaning Clean and inspect the outside of the monitor as indicated below 1 Unplug the monitor before cleaning 2 Remove dirt and dust from the unit by wiping it with a soft damp cloth 3 Remove stains
230. owing paragraphs 131 ECG Monitoring See Figure 1 2 ECG is monitored using a Wireless ECG Telemetry Transmitter The WECG Patient Module consists of a wireless transceiver to communicate with the WPU and convert the ECG signals into radio signals for transmission to the WPU The module also receives information through the wireless link converts the information to electrical signals and performs the commanded task 1 6 lead configuration change scaling etc Release 1 INTRODUCTION 1 3 P N 9568 3160 SERVICE MANUAL Compatibility The Standard Wireless ECG Module supports the four ECG electrode placement used with the Quadtrode Invivo P N 9303 Quadtrode CV Neonatal Quadtrode and MRI ECG Patient Cable and Lead wires Invivo P N 9340 for display of Lead II b Visual Indicators The WECG module contains one 1 bi color LED that indicates the status of the battery charge Battery Life The WECG module will operate at least eight 8 hours on a fully charged battery ECG Connections Power Indicator Figure 1 2 WECG Telemetry Transmitter 1 3 2 SPO2 and Respiration Monitoring See Figure 1 3 SPO2 and Respiration are monitored using a Wireless SPO2 WSPO2 Telemetry Transmitter The WSPO2 Patient Module consists of a wireless transceiver to communicate with the WPU and convert the SPO2 and RESP pulse signals into radio signals for transmission to the WPU a Visual Indicator
231. pack s as specified in the BATTERY PACK SERVICE PRECAUTIONS AND DISPOSAL procedures located in the front of this manual 2 If less than three 3 of the adjacent power level LED indicators on the battery are illuminated solid voltage reading low reinstall the battery in the DCU or WPU battery compartment connect the AS201 to the 3160 monitor with the DCU securely seated into the retaining slot on the MRI pole for DCU battery charging and allow the battery to recharge for a minimum of 8 hours 3 If three 3 or more of the adjacent power level LED indicators on the battery are illuminated solid voltage reading good reinstall the batteries in the DCU and or WPU battery compartments MAINTENANCE Release 1 Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 0 charge right most LED 0 go POWER LEVEL 89 21 Made in U S A O Invivo POWER 12601 Research Parkway lt Orlando FL 32826 LEVEL REF 9064 OUTPUT 14 4V 7200mMAH Button TYPE LITHIUM ION 100 charge left most LED icinerate Battery Case Figure 7 7 Sample 9064 Battery Label 7 10 2 WECG WSPO2 9065 4 1 Vdc LI Battery Test Perform the 9065 battery test for the WECG SP02 transmitter modules as indicated below 2 Remove batteries from WECG and or WSPO2 transmitter module battery compartments the batteries are interchangeable b Connect a DMM across t
232. perator must exit the SYSTEM CONFIG menu by selecting Return or pressing the NORMAL SCREEN control key and then turn the monitor Off then On v PRESSURE UNITS No password entry required Selecting this menu option allows the Blood Pressure and EtCO2 Measurement units to be switched between mmHg and kPa w MONITOR MODE This menu item is set automatically depending on which unit is be looked at For the DCU this option is set to REMOTE MODE For the WPU this option is set to LOCAL MODE X RETURN Selecting this menu option returns the monitor to the Service Bio Med Menu 7 RETURN Selecting this menu option returns the monitor to the SETUPS Menu Software Installation Procedures Refer to Section 7 Page 7 3 paragraph 7 5 for 3160 monitor Software Installation procedures Maintenance Access Procedures Refer to Section 7 Page 7 17 paragraph 7 9 for 3160 monitor Maintenance Access procedures WPU DCU Battery Charging Procedures The WPU DCU battery charger is used in the console room when no AC wall outlets are available in the magnet room for the attachment of an AS201 Power Adapter to facilitate normal internal battery charging cycles Charge recharge the WPU DCU 14 4V lithium ion batteries as follows Charge four spare batteries Invivo P N 9064 in the WPU DCU battery charger After 8 hours replace the batteries in the WPU and or DCU unit with the fully charged spare batteries and begin recharging the original
233. placement Remove the in line DC fuse as follows a Turn monitor power OFF b Loosen three 3 screws securing the DCU rear access panel to the DCU case amp Remove the rear access panel from the DCU case d Pull the 5A 32V fuse out of the fuse housing on the rear panel of the DCU case e Reverse steps b through d to install a replacement fuse 7 8 8 5201 Power Adapter Removal Replacement Remove the AS201 Power Adapter as follows a Turn monitor power OFF Disconnect AS201 DC Power Adapter cable 517 from the 3160 WPU or DCU unit and AS201 DC power ports C Disconnect AS201 DC Power Adapter from the AC wall outlet d Reverse the above steps to install a replacement AC power adapter 7 8 9 5201 FUI2 AC Fuse Removal Replacement Remove the main AC fuse s on the AS201 as follows a Perform steps on Page 7 16 paragraph 7 8 8 to remove the AS201 assembly b Gently disengage the Line Filter HE98 access door located next to the AC Input power receptacle from the top of the HE98 rear housing and swing the door open on its hinges Carefully remove the fuse s by grasping the fuse holder s and pulling the fuse holder set s out of the HE98 housing d Remove the 1 5A 250V fuse s from the holder s Reverse the above steps to reassemble the HE98 7 8 10 WPU 9445 Disposable Anesthetic Oxygen Sensor Removal Replacement Remove the optional anesthetic oxygen sensor as follows a Disconnect AS201 fro
234. pment 8 1 Setup 8 1 Repair B 1 Replacement Parts B 7 Serialization and Revision Levels 1 5 Spare Parts List 10 1 T Theory of Operation 4 119 Radio Transceiver 4 3 Introduction 4 7 Power Distribution 4 3 System Overview 4 1 Troubleshooting Procedures 9 1 Fault Index 9 2 Introduction 9 1 Required Test Equipment 9 1 Troubleshooting Flow 9 1 W Warranty 1 WPU Keyboard Navigation Feature 1 Index 3 W 3160 SERVICE MANUAL Index 4 INDEX Release 1
235. r i Set the Power Switch on the PCU see Section 3 Figure 3 5 to the ON 9 position the WPU powers up d Set the Power Switch on the DCU see Section 5 Figure 5 1 to the ON 9 position the DCU powers up amp Confirm that the DCU display shows the Normal Screen see Figure 2 2 and the tri color Power Status Indicators on the PCU see Section 3 Figure 3 5 and DCU see Section 5 Figure 5 1 are both solid green not yellow red or flashing NOTE The contents of the Normal Screen may vary depending on the options installed in the monitor 2 2 INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT Release 1 Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 i Figure 2 2 DCU Sample Normal Screen 2 6 Operational Checkout Procedure Before releasing the 3160 monitor for initial use in a clinical environment connect the NIBP Hose Cuff to the monitor and ensure a charged battery is inserted into the WSPO2 transmitter then perform the following quick performance check s on the equipment NOTE The following quick check procedure does not completely verify the operational readiness of the monitor Reference Section 5 of this manual for more detailed comprehensive Calibration and Verification Procedures NOTE The maintenance technician may photocopy the quick checks on the following page and use them during initial monitor installation or after replacing a defective part to record the successful completion of each step Re
236. rical shock hazard Prior to removing any boxes ensure that power to the monitor has been turned OFF the AS201 AC power line cord is unplugged and the batteries have been removed from the unit s WPU and or DCU Failure to comply can result in serious injury to personnel and or damage to the monitor s internal circuits WARNING At various points in these troubleshooting procedures the technician is directed to remove a fiber optic cable and either observe an exposed equipment jack or cable tip with power applied to confirm the presence of a red fiber optic beam Care should be taken to ensure that this beam is either observed at an oblique angle to the eye or that a distance of not less than 1 meter separates the jack or cable tip from the retina Under NO circumstances is this beam to be directed at the eyes while being held in close proximity to the face 9 1 Introduction Table 9 1 contains basic troubleshooting procedures for common problems that may be observed while operating or attempting to operate the 3160 monitor in the field Before performing any of the troubleshooting procedures located in this section confirm that the reported fault is present Do not troubleshoot the equipment if the malfunction cannot be duplicated on the bench 92 Required Test Equipment Refer to Section 7 Page 7 1 paragraph 7 2 for a complete list of required test equipment 9 3 Troubleshooting Flow See Figure 9 1 Perform the following mai
237. rify the recorder starts Press the RECORD control key again and verify the recorder stops Ensure backup batteries are inserted in the DCU WPU units Unplug AS201 power cable AC517 from the 3160 DC power port DCU or WPU and verify the monitor continues to operate normally on battery backup power Set the Power Switches on the PCU and DCU to the OFF 6 position the monitor powers down Reconnect the AS201 power cable to the monitor and allow batteries to fully recharge before use 2 4 INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT Release 1 Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 SECTION 3 OPERATION 3 0 OPERATION 3 1 Introduction This section includes descriptions of maintenance significant controls and indicators for the DCU WPU PCU AS201 Power Adapter WECG and WSPO2 modules and battery chargers Operating procedures include maintenance specific instructions for both offline and online 3160 Series MRI Physiological Monitor operation 3 2 Controls and Indicators The following paragraphs present maintenance specific controls and indicatos for the 3160 Series MRI Physiological Monitor Each control and indicator section contains a figure of the specified equipment with Item number call outs for all applicable switches fuses knobs indicator lights and ports connections Each figure is backed by a tabular listing by assigned Item number the control or indicator and the function purpose of each
238. ription of the options available in this menu O2 INIT CAL This menu option is identical to O2 INIT CAL for the WPU Refer to Page 3 15 paragraph 3 3 1 menu option b 4 e for a description of the options available in this menu RETURN Selecting this menu option returns the monitor to the SERVICE BIO MED Menu SYSTEM CONFIG This menu is brought up by selecting the SYSTEM CONFIG Menu option and is identical to the SYSTEM CONFIG Menu for the WPU Refer to Page 3 17 paragraph 3 3 1 menu option b 6 for a description of the options available in this menu RETURN Selecting this menu option returns the monitor to the SETUPS Menu Changing the DCU 119 Network Number Refer to Section 8 Page 8 4 paragraph 8 5 for procedures to change the DCU 119 transceiver Network Number OPERATION Release 1 Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 SECTION 4 THEORY OF OPERATION 4 0 THEORY OF OPERATION NOTE This manual describes a fully configured monitor and may include features and or options that are not included in your monitor For additional information contact your local sales representative or Invivo Customer Service see Section 1 Page 1 6 paragraph 1 5 4 1 Introduction This section contains basic system level theory of operation for 3160 monitor 4 2 System Overview see Figure 4 1 The 3160 system monitors patient vital signs in the MRI magnet room and uses radio telemetry to send this infor
239. rm the following to prepare AS215 WPU for calibration and verification a Connect the monitor to power perform Section 2 Page 2 1 paragraph 2 4 with power from the AS201 Power Adapter connected to the WPU and WPU batteries installed Turn the 3160 monitor ON perform Section 2 Page 2 2 paragraph 2 5 Inspect the WPU for any external damage i e dents cracks loose or broken connectors hardware and legible panel stenciling 5 62 ECG Verification Perform the following procedure to verify proper operation of the standard Wireless or alternate Fiber Optic F O ECG system a Release 1 Insert a fully charged battery pack into the WECG transmitter Attach the ECG leads on the WECG transmitter to the ECG Patient Simulator terminals as indicated in Table 5 1 below Table 5 1 Patient Simulator ECG Lead Attachments ECG Lead s Patient Simulator Terminals Green RL White RA Black LA Red LL Set the Patient Simulator to output a 0 5mV QRS pulse at 60 BPMs NORMAL SINUS mode Setup the ECG as follows 1 Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the ECG Icon 2 Press the Rotary Knob to bring up the ECG Menu 3 Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the TRACE A LEAD menu selection 4 Press the Rotary Knob to select TRACE A LEAD 5 Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the II menu selection CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES 5 13 P N 9568 6 0
240. rogram Update Dialog Window which will list the WPU program elements and any other pertinent data contained on the USB drive You will also be given a choice of whether or not to proceed with the reprogramming An example of this dialog window is shown in Figure 7 4 WPU PROGRAM UPDATE A program update device has been inserted into this WPU This drive contains the following items used by the WPU PartNo Revision Current Revision X 111 WPUO2 WPUO1 113 115 115 X 115 090205 081405 Items shown with an X are different than what is currently in this WPU Do you want To reprogram this WPU with these items Es Figure 7 4 Sample WPU Program Update Dialog Window 9 Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight either the YES or NO in the Reprogramming Dialog Window When the desired option is highlighted push the Rotary Knob to select that option Selecting NO will cause reprogramming to be cancelled and the dialog window shown in Figure 7 4 will disappear In this case remove the USB flash drive from the rear of the unit Press the Rotary Knob to remove this dialog window from the display Normal functionality of the DCU will then be restored and the WPU may be used as it normally would 10 Selecting YES in the WPU Program Update Window will cause the WPU reprogramming to commence 7 8 MAINTENANCE Release 1 Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 11 Once reprogramming has begun the WPU Progr
241. row key to highlight the STORE menu selection d Press the lt gt key to save the new setting 14 Disconnect the Calibration Gas from the monitor 15 Press the lt Esc gt key to display the Normal Screen Perform EtCO2 Verification see Section 5 Page 5 29 paragraph 5 6 6 6 5 3 Agents Adjustment Procedure If Anesthetic Agents Option is installed Perform the following procedure to adjust the Agents System a b Release 1 Perform Page 6 1 paragraph 6 5 1 to setup the WPU Setup the WPU for operation in the Keyboard Navigation Nav mode attach a monitor and keyboard as specified in Appendix E of this manual Reconnect the AS201 Power Adapter to the WPU and set the PCU Power Switch to the ON 9 position Type nav Turn on the EtCO2 and Agents icons as follows 1 Press the lt 4 gt key 2 Press the Down Arrow key until the PARAMETER SELECTION menu is highlighted 3 Press the lt gt key to select PARAMETER SELECTION 4 Press the Down Arrow key until the AGENTS menu selection is highlighted ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES 6 3 P N 9568 6 4 5 6 7 8 3160 SERVICE MANUAL Press the lt gt key to select AGENTS Press the Down Arrow key until the ON menu option is highlighted Press the lt gt key to select ON Press the lt Esc gt key to display the Normal Screen Allow the Agent Bench to warm up for appro
242. rs nav in succession on the keyboard Upon activation the Nav feature displays a sign on message and provides brief instructions for use Full use instructions are provided by pressing the Backspace key The supported activation keys and their respective commands are as follows Table E 1 Nav igation Activation Keys Activation Key Command Backspace Keyboard Nav Help End Keyboard Nav Exit Up Arrow Knob Rotate Left Left Arrow Knob Rotate Left Down Arrow Knob Rotate Right Right Arrow Knob Rotate Right Enter Knob Press Release 1 WPU KEYBOARD NAVIGATION FEATURE E 1 P N 9568 Table E 1 Nav igation Activation Keys Continued 3160 SERVICE MANUAL Invivo Activation Key Command F1 Freeze F2 Event Mark F3 Zero All F4 Setup F5 Alarms F6 Recorder Setup F7 NIBP Start Stop F8 Trends F9 NIBP Interval F10 Clear Trends F11 NIBP STAT F12 Record Esc Normal Screen Help 2 Standby Alarm Silence The WPU employs the same hierarchical menu system design as the DCU Monitor control is accomplished via menus brought up by the attached keyboard The menus have a 60 second time out feature If no action is taken during that time the monitor automatically returns to the Normal Screen E 2 WPU KEYBOARD NAVIGATION FEATURE Release 1 Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 956
243. s The WSPO2 module contains one 1 bi color LED that indicates the status of the battery charge b Battery Life The WSPO2 module will operate at least eight 8 hours on a fully charged battery 14 Howto Use This Manual Overall servicing of this product is divided into two distinct sets of maintenance activities Field Service Replacement and Depot Repair 1 4 1 Field Service Replacement Instructions for performing a quick performance check and conducting top level fault isolation of the monitor s field replaceable boxes 1 the WPU DCU PCU and AS201 Power Adapter including disposable consumable parts see Section 10 are provided in this Field Service Manual This manual also contains a brief introduction to the 3160 Series MRI Physiological Monitor as well as theory of operation and troubleshooting repair procedures at the box level calibration verification and adjustment procedures a spare parts list and other field maintenance instructions to support this first level of repair 1 4 INTRODUCTION Release 1 Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 RESP SPO 2 Port Ec LU n in D Invivo Power Indicator Figure 1 3 WSPO2 Telemetry Transmitter This manual 18 divided into the following major sections Section 1 Release 1 Description INTRODUCTION This section contains a general description of the monitor and its major assemblies features and capabilities INSTALLATION AND CH
244. s the lt gt key to select PATIENT d Press the Down Arrow key until the ADULT menu selection is highlighted e Press the lt gt key to select ADULT f Press the lt Esc gt key to display the Normal Screen p If an NIBP Analyzer is available perform the NIBP Range and Accuracy Verification as follows Release 1 CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES 5 27 P N 9568 3160 SERVICE MANUAL 1 Adult Range and Accuracy Verification Systolic Diastolic Mean Tolerance 45 15 25 5mmHg 80 50 62 5mmHg 120 80 90 10mmHg 150 100 115 10mmHg 245 185 205 10mmHg 2 Neonatal Range and Accuracy Verification Systolic Diastolic Mean Tolerance 45 15 25 5mmHg 80 50 62 5mmHg 120 80 90 10mmHg 150 100 115 10mmHg 190 140 155 10mmHg NOTE The uncertainty specifications of the NIBP Analyzer must be added to the 3160 tolerances for proper accuracy verification NOTE Perform the SPO2 Verification with an SPO2 Simulator if available 5 6 5 SPO2 Verification Perform the following to verify proper operation of the standard Wireless or alternate fiber optic F O SPO2 system a Insert a fully charged battery pack into the WSPO2 transmitter b Place your finger into the probe and after the monitor waveform display levels out verify the following 1 SPO2 Pulse occurs with the operator s heart count 2 The SPO2 is within reasonable limits for the oper
245. s to the factory pre programmed value for the network command for the monitor s transceivers NETWORK Figure 8 2 Sample Network Number Label To facilitate equipment interchangeability the NETWORK Number for the DCU 119 transceiver can also be re programmed to match the number used by the transceiver located in the WPU of a different 3160 monitor To accomplish this the Network option is selected from the SETUPS menu Perform the following steps to change the Network Number for the DCU a Press the SETUP Control Key Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the NETWORK menu selection Press the Rotary Knob to select NETWORK Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the desired Network Number selection 1 5 Press the Rotary Knob to make the selection Press the NORMAL SCREEN Control Key Verify that the Network Number see Figure 8 3 selected above is shown at the bottom of the display screen V GAI A Yellow Green White Magenta sg Figure 8 3 HE119 Network Numbers and Symbols NOTE The 119 transceivers located in both the WPU DCU must be set to the same Network Number 1 wn value in order to communicate 8 6 Changing the WPU 119 Network Number New radio transceivers are shipped by Invivo pre programmed as indicated in this section The WPU is marked with a Network Number Label see Figure 8 2 The NETWORK Number listed on the label corresponds to the f
246. selection is highlighted Press the lt gt key to select GAS CAL Press the Down Arrow gt key until the GAS MONITOR menu selection is highlighted Press the lt gt key to select GAS MONITOR Verify the following numeric values in the Gas Monitor Screen see Section 3 Figure 3 22 Displayed Value CO2 1 0000 0 02 N20 1 0000 0 02 DES 1 0000 0 02 ISO 1 0000 0 02 HAL 1 0000 0 02 ENF 1 0000 0 02 SEV 1 0000 0 02 SEN TMP 52 0000 6 BD TMP 52 0000 6 CO2 CORR 1 0 0 5 STATUS 0 CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES Release 1 Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 NOTE The above STATUS code is used as a diagnostics tool for identifying and correcting malfunctions related to the agent bench The following codes apply 0 No failure 7 EEPROM checksum test failed 1 The blocked channel does not detect heat 8 EEPROM root solution failed 2 Sensor voltage out of range 9 EEPROM interference matrix inversion failed 3 Invalid thermal gains 10 EEPROM version different than 3 4 EEPROM failure 11 EEPROM version not supported 5 Cannot distinguish between DES and SEV 12 EEPROM chip test failed 6 EEPROM agent type not supported 13 Agent bench not present 9 Press the Enter key to clear the Gas Monitor Calibration box from the screen 10 the GAS CAL menu press the Down Arrow key to highlight the RETURN menu selection 11 Pre
247. sexe traite rero tetra 3 12 245 WPU NIBP TESTS MB n test ss ss 3 12 alo WPUNIBP LAL s 3 13 3 17 NIBP Leak S 3 13 15 WPU GAS CAL BANH uocis bien ita E EE b EER 3 14 Password Bony o NOTE 3 14 320 SPAN CAL Lice EE 3 14 321 3 15 3 22 WPU Ga s Monitor BEIC M NEM 3 15 243 WPU Momitor Calibration YES NO 3 16 3 24 WPU Monitor Calibration Information Screen 4 0 3 16 33 SYSTEM CONFIG EREN ATRA E E 3 17 S25 DCU SERVICE BIO MED 3 20 3 27 Sample DCU Software Revision Screen cscsccissccssasassansscoassasstesnsedancasunsoetsnenssasaseannaes 3 20 3 28 DCU NIBP TESTS 3 21 po MB BARI Ie Um m 3 22 41 3160 Monitor Overall Block Digerati ierit ERI 4 2 42 Primary Power Distribution i vc uisus 4 4 43 Narrowband vs Spread Spectrum with Interference 4 5 44 Forms of Spread Spectrum 4 5 4 E n su udens aso 5 1 6 1 Stopcock Valvg Positions oss 6 5 7 1 Sample DCU Program Update Dialog WindoW 7 4 7 2 DCU Program Update Dialog Window Update In 7 5
248. sia 5 33 Diastolic related to the dilation of the cavi ties of the heart during which they fill with blood 5 26 Release 1 GLOSSARY Digital Multimeter DMM a digital instru ment capable of measuring electric current in amperes the differences in voltage potential between different points of an electrical cir cuit and also indicating resistance in ohms directly 7 1 Digital Signal Processing DSP a category of techniques that analyzes and digitally en codes analog signals 1 1 Direct Current DC or Vdc an electric cur rent flowing in one direction only and sub stantially constant in value 2 2 DS Direct Sequence 4 5 DSSS Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum 4 5 E Electrocardiograph ECG an instrument for recording the changes of electrical potential occurring during the heartbeat used especial ly in diagnosing abnormalities of heart ac tion 1 1 Electromagnetic Interference EMI an electrical disturbance in a system due to nat ural phenomena low frequency waves from electromechanical devices or high frequency waves RFI from chips and other electronic devices 7 12 EMI Gasket a material applied to a joint that is used to reduce or block EMI 7 12 Enflurane ENF an extremely stable inha lation anesthetic that allows rapid adjust ments of anesthesia depth with little change in pulse or respiratory rate 5 33 F F O Fiber Optic 5 13 FHSS
249. ss the Enter key to select RETURN 1 Span Calibration Test Perform the Span Calibration Test as follows 1 Disconnect the sample tubing from the GAS EtCO2 port on the water trap 2 Leave the port open for a minimum of 90 seconds to vent all residual gases from the water trap 3 Attach the T fitting on the QC CHECK GAS can corresponding to the agent to be verified see below for a list of available aerosol gas cans to the GAS EtCO2 port on the water trap Invivo Gas Mixture Agent Gas Can P N Agent 02 CO2 20 N2 Desflurane 9034A 7 0 21 0 5 0 60 0 7 0 Enflurane 9034B 1 0 21 0 5 0 60 0 13 0 Sevoflurane 9034C 1 5 21 0 5 0 60 0 12 5 Isoflurane 9034D 1 0 21 0 5 0 60 0 13 0 Halothane 9034E 1 0 21 0 5 0 60 0 13 0 4 Apply the selected agent to the GAS port for a minimum of 30 seconds 5 Verify the reading below applicable to the agent currently being verified Readings are displayed in the AGENT icon Agent Agent ID Reading Desflurane DES 7 0 1 0 Enflurane ENF 1 0 0 27 Sevoflurane SEV 1 5 0 33 Isoflurane ISO 1 0 0 27 Halothane HAL 1 0 0 27 NOTE Verification in service test tolerances has been tightened to ensure end user specifications Release 1 CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES 5 33 P N 9568 3160 SERVICE MANUAL 5 6 8 6 Verify the readings for each of the remaining gases listed below Readings displayed at the indicated screen locations
250. st as follows 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Press the lt 4 gt key Press the Down Arrow key until the SERVICE BIO MED menu selection is highlighted Press the lt gt key to select SERVICE BIO MED Press the Down Arrow key until the GAS CAL menu selection is highlighted Press the lt gt key to select GAS CAL Press the Down Arrow key until the ZERO CAL menu selection is highlighted Press the lt gt key to select ZERO CAL Place your finger over the EtCO2 Zero Port on the bottom panel of the PCU and verify a definite change in the speed of the pump motor Remove your finger from the EtCO2 Zero Port Place your finger over the EtCO2 Waste Gas Port on the WPU rear panel and verify a definite change in the speed of the pump motor Remove your finger from the EtCO2 Waste Gas Port Connect Flow Meter to the GAS EtCO2 port on the water trap and verify an air flow of 230 ml 40 ml Disconnect the Flow Meter Pump Speed Test Perform the Pump Speed Test as follows 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Press the lt F4 gt key Press the lt Down Arrow gt key until the SERVICE BIO MED menu selection is highlighted Press the lt Enter gt key to select SERVICE BIO MED Press the Down Arrow key until the GAS CAL menu selection is highlighted Press the lt gt key to select GAS CAL Press
251. t is operating on 18 Vdc output power from the AS201 Power Adaptor d Disconnect the AS201 Power Adapter from the WPU amp The PCU Status Indicator illuminates solid yellow to indicate that the monitor 18 operating on 14 Vdc output power from the two 2 9064 backup batteries f Set the Power Switch on the PCU to the OFF position g The PCU Status Indicator extinguishes to indicate the unit is shut down and no longer operating on battery power h Set the Power Switch on the PCU to the ON 9 position to power up the unit on battery power 1 The PCU Status Indicator returns to a yellow illuminated state the unit powers up J Set the Power Switch on the DCU to the OFF 6 position NOTE PCU Status Indicator will flash to indicate loss of the radio communication link with the HE119 transceiver located in the DCU k When the backup battery input voltage is sufficiently depleted the PCU Status Indicator changes color from yellow to red to indicate that battery power failure is imminent The PCU Status Indicator extinguishes upon power failure m Set the Power Switch on the PCU to the OFF position n Reconnect the AS201 Power Adapter to the WPU Release 1 CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES 5 11 P N 9568 3160 SERVICE MANUAL Set the Power Switches on the PCU and DCU to the ON 9 position the monitor powers up The PCU Status Indicator illuminates solid green to
252. th the number of Passes and Failures of the test to determine the leak rate of the NIBP system To begin this test highlight the LEAK TEST menu option and press the Rotary Knob to stop a test in progress press the Rotary Knob a second time NIBP LEAK TEST PEAK FINAL PASSED FAILED Figure 3 17 NIBP Leak Test Screen c RETURN Selecting this menu option returns the monitor to the Normal Screen 4 GAS CAL Gas Option Only Selecting this menu option will bring up the WPU GAS CAL Menu Figure 3 18 Release 1 OPERATION 3 13 P N 9568 3 14 3160 SERVICE MANUAL Figure 3 18 WPU GAS CAL Menu The following menu options are provided in this menu a b ZERO CAL Selecting this menu option will cause the monitor to perform a Zero Cal of the EtCO2 or Agent System SPAN CAL 192 Agent Bench When the Agents option is installed selecting this menu option will bring up a Password Entry Box Figure 3 19 requiring a five 5 digit service code to access the WPU SPAN CAL Menu Figure 3 20 This menu contains Gas Sensor Calibration settings which are used for Agent Bench field adjustment purposes ENTER PASSWORD Figure 3 19 Password Entry Box SPAN CAL SEV 1 000 1 000 1 000 N 1 000 1 000 20 1 000 PUMP SPEED 03 STORE A mar E 515121512 RETURN Figure 3 20 WPU SPAN CAL Menu OPERATION Release 1 Invivo
253. the Down Arrow key until the SPAN CAL menu selection is highlighted Press the lt gt key to select SPAN CAL CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES 5 31 P N 9568 5 32 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 3160 SERVICE MANUAL In the ENTER PASSWORD menu select service code 40727 Press the Enter key to enter the code and display the Agents SPAN CAL menu see Section 3 Figure 3 20 Wait two 2 minutes for zero calibration Press the Down Arrow key until the PUMP SPEED menu selection is highlighted Press the lt gt key to select PUMP SPEED Press the Down Arrow key to vary the pump speed between the 01 lowest and 07 highest settings Confirm that the pump speed is lowest at the minimum 01 setting and increases incrementally as the setting 16 adjusted up to a maximum value of 07 on the display Press the Down Arrow key until a pump speed of 03 default is displayed in the entry box then press the Enter key to select that value Press the lt Esc gt key to display the Normal Screen Gas Monitor Test Perform the Gas Monitor Test as follows 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Description Press the lt 4 gt key Press the Down Arrow key until the SERVICE BIO MED menu selection is highlighted Press the lt gt key to select SERVICE BIO MED Press the Down Arrow key until the GAS CAL menu
254. the top left of the display screen and that there is no QRS Tone or Number displayed Verify that the trace recovery time 18 within 25 seconds of Lead Fail Correction CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES 5 15 P N 9568 5 16 6 7 3160 SERVICE MANUAL Select each lead in order and perform substep 5 until all the leads have been verified Refer to Table 5 2 below for correct ECG Trace A B Lead and ECG Patient Simulator Terminal selections Table 5 2 Patient Simulator Terminal Selections ECG Trace Lead s Patient Simulator Terminals I LA II LL III LL AVL AVR AVF RA LA LL Disconnect the Patient Simulator from the ECG transmitter ECG Neonate Sensitivity Verification Trace A Perform the following procedure to verify proper operation of the ECG Neonatal Circuitry 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Connect Patient Simulator to the ECG transmitter leads see Page 5 13 Table 5 1 Set the Patient Simulator to output a 0 15 mV QRS pulse at 80 BPMs Select ECG Lead III as follows a Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the ECG Icon b Press the Rotary Knob to bring up the ECG Menu c Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the TRACE A LEAD menu selection d Press the Rotary Knob to select TRACE A LEAD e Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the III menu selection f Press the Rotary Knob t
255. these items NO YES Figure 7 1 Sample DCU Program Update Dialog Window 7 Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight either the YES NO in the Reprogramming Dialog Window When the desired option is highlighted push the rotary knob to select that option Selecting NO will cause reprogramming to be cancelled and the dialog window shown in Figure 7 1 will disappear In this case remove the USB flash drive from the rear of the unit Press the Rotary Knob to remove this dialog window from the display Normal functionality of the DCU will be restored and the DCU may be used as it normally would MAINTENANCE Release 1 Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 8 Selecting YES in the DCU Program Update Window will cause DCU reprogramming to commence 9 Once reprogramming has begun the DCU Program Update Dialog Window will change to show the current progress of reprogramming An example of this is shown in Figure 7 2 DCU PROGRAM UPDATE This DCU is being reprogrammed as shown below DO NOT REMOVE THE USB DRIVE FROM THE DCU DO NOT TURN THE DCU OFF Part No Revision Update Progress X 110 i 11 Updating Am114 03 Figure 7 2 DCU Program Update Dialog Window Update In Progress 10 Reprogramming will continue until the DCU has been reprogrammed with all applicable program elements that were contained on the USB drive
256. tions if stored or used outside the environmental specifications listed in Appendix D of this manual Due to the monitor s internal batteries power may be present even when disconnected from the AS201 Power Adapter When necessary remove the internal batteries prior to performing service or shipping the system to the manufacturer for repair For continued protection against fire hazard replace fuses with same type and rating only Always follow proper electrostatic discharge ESD procedures during component and assembly handling to prevent static discharge damage to sensitive parts Use only replacement parts specified this manual ensure that defective or worn parts properly disposed of in accordance with local regulations When cleaning the unit do not permit liquid to enter the case When cleaning use proper materials and ensure total dryness before powering up the monitor Use care that cleaning fluids do not attack plastic or painted surfaces Use care that wiping rags do not abrade the surfaces Assembly hardware has been secured with a thread locking agent After several assembly disassembly cycles a new locking agent will be required Use Loctite 42540 or similar type for use near PVC or acrylic plastics In general handle all Printed Circuit Boards by their edges Oils sweat dirt etc can induce leakage paths in high impedance circuits which impede their operation Such contamination will also promote corrosio
257. tions include procedures for conducting preventive corrective maintenance on and cleaning the monitor monitor assembly disassembly procedures maintenance access procedures for troubleshooting setup see Section 9 battery tests and guidelines for using the Spare Parts List see Section 10 and Maintenance Drawings see Appendix J to identify and order replacement parts 8 RADIO PROGRAMMING INSTRUCTIONS This section provides instructions for programming the wireless HE119 radio transceivers located in the WPU and DCU assemblies as well as procedures for reprogramming the associated Network Numbers for both units 9 TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES This section provides basic troubleshooting procedures for common problems or faults that may be observed while operating or attempting to operate the monitor in the field These procedures are supported by a series of Functional Block Diagrams see Appendix J and where applicable also refer to separate instructions for clearing AB213 power board error codes see Appendix G to facilitate field service repair of the monitor 10 SPARE PARTS LIST This section contains a list of field replaceable parts for the monitor All major assemblies and disposable consumable parts are listed by order part number for ease of reference A series of Appendixes provide additional information instructions to support field servicing and repair of the monitor Appendix A LIST OF SYMBOLS Appendix B RE
258. to be used for a period of longer than 3 days 72 hours WARNINGS Stop using the battery if it exhibits abnormal heat odor color deformation or is in an abnormal condition e If punctured or liquid leaks onto your skin or clothes wash well with fresh water immediately If liquid leaking from the battery gets into your eyes do not rub your eyes Wash them well with clean water and consult a doctor immediately CAUTIONS Never heat the battery or throw into a fire Keep the battery contacts away from metal objects Replace only with INVIVO REF 9064 Store battery in a dry place 0 C to 40 C Dispose of properly Do not disassemble or incinerate Charge before use Batteries have life cycles so if the time that the battery is powering the equipment becomes much shorter than usual the battery life is at an end Replace the battery with a new one Remove a battery whose life cycle has expired from eguipment immediately If the terminals of the battery become dirty wipe them with a dry cloth before using the battery DISPOSAL IN EUROPE The European Community EC has issued two directives 91 157 EEC and 93 86 EEC Each member country implements these independently Thus in each country the manufacturers importers and users are responsible for the proper disposal or recycling of batteries DISPOSAL IN THE U S Lithium batteries are neither specifically listed nor exempted from the Federal Environ
259. trace resumes its movement 2 If the Recorder option is installed Verify the EVENT MARK Control Key as follows a Press the EVENT MARK Control Key b Observe that a marker is printed on the ECG recorder strip when the recorder is running If the printer is not running pressing this key has no effect EVENT MARK FAG 3 Verify the ZERO ALL Control Key as follows ALL a Press the ZERO ALL Control Key b A dialog box is displayed to alert the operator that no invasive pressures are enabled B 4 Verify the SETUP Control Key as follows nid a Press the SETUP Control Key b Observe that the SETUPS Menu is displayed c Press the NORMAL SCREEN Control Key d Observe that the SETUPS Menu is removed from the display H 5 Verify the ALARMS SCREEN Control Key as follows a Press the ALARMS SCREEN Control Key b Observe that the ALARMS Menu is displayed c Press the NORMAL SCREEN Control Key d Observe that the ALARMS Menu is removed from the display 6 If the Recorder option 18 installed Verify the RECORDER SETUP Control Key as follows a Press the RECORDER SETUP Control Key b Observe that the RECORDER Menu is displayed c Press the NORMAL SCREEN Control Key d Observe that the RECORDER Menu is removed from the display D 8 Zu CR RECORDER SETUP B 5 4 CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES Release 1 Invivo Button NBP Ui
260. ts 3 Lift the DCU out of the retaining slot at the top of the MRI pole 4 Reverse the above steps to install a replacement AS240 NOTE The PCU also includes the pole mount bracket connector panel and front rear covers with mounting hardware as well as the AS226 IBP Assembly when the IBP option is installed see Appendix H Figure H 4 for component locations b AS219 PCU Removal Replacement Perform the following procedure to remove replace the AS219 PCU Assembly 1 Remove power from the 3160 monitor by disconnecting it from the AS201 AC Power Adapter 2 Remove the 9064 backup batteries from the WPU base 3 Remove the rear plastic cover from the PCU assembly 4 screws 4 Remove the metal PCU connector panel with PCU and all wires hoses attached from the metal PCU pole mount bracket 5 screws temporarily leaving the mounting bracket securely bolted to the MRI pole Release 1 MAINTENANCE 7 13 P N 9568 TA 5 6 7 8 9 3160 SERVICE MANUAL Invivo Carefully disconnect all wires hoses exiting the upper hole in the MRI pole from the PCU connector panel all connections are marked If the IBP option is installed carefully disconnect all wires hoses from the AS226 assembly all connections are marked Remove the metal PCU pole mount bracket from the MRI pole 2 bolts Reassemble the unit as follows a Reinsert the 2 bolts into their mating holes on the PCU pole mount bracket
261. tteries to provide operating power for eight hours or more while disconnected from the power adapter The power adapter is the means for recharging the batteries online The recharge time may be up to eight hours for fully discharged batteries with the WPU DCU powered off or up to 14 hours with the WPU DCU powered on These durations and conditions are subject to future change as the technologies change As a future option the WPU DCU batteries can alternately be recharged offline in the WPU DCU battery charger located in the console room Each WPU and DCU has a DC power input connector for the power adapter cable If a DCU is attached at the top of the WPU pole the DCU will get power 18 3 Vdc from the MRI pole connector and its external power connector will be disabled The WPU and DCU each include a power control switch to turn local power on and off The WPU power switch is located on the PCU In both cases the switch merely signals the local power supply with the on off request the switches do not directly switch power on or off The WSPO2 patient modules contain a detachable 4 1 Vdc Lithium polymer battery The battery provides sufficient power for 8 or more hours of operation These batteries may be recharged offline in the patient module battery charger 44 19 WIT2450 Radio Transceiver The base 119 radio located in WPU transmits patient data to the remote DCU for display and monitoring The 119 is a
262. uitry 1 Connect an ECG Patient Simulator to the WECG transmitter leads see Page 5 13 Table 5 1 2 Set the Patient Simulator to output a 1 5 mV QRS pulse at 60 BPM S NORMAL SINUS mode 3 Select ECG lead I for TRACE B LEAD 4 If NEO is displayed above the ECG icon on the DCU display change the Patient Mode to Adult as follows a Press the SETUP Control Key b Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the PATIENT menu selection c Press the Rotary Knob to select PATIENT d Turn the Rotary Knob to highlight the ADULT menu selection e Press the Rotary Knob to select ADULT f Press the NORMAL SCREEN Control Key 5 Remove one wire at a time that pertains to the selected lead until all the lead wires have been tested see Page 5 13 Table 5 1 In each case verify that within 25 seconds of removal of each wire that the LEAD FAIL message appears to the right of the selected lead at the top left of the display screen and that there is no QRS Tone or Number displayed Verify that the trace recovery time is within 25 seconds of Lead Fail Correction 6 Select each lead in order and perform substep 5 until all the leads have been verified Refer to Page 5 16 Table 5 2 for correct ECG Trace A B Lead and ECG Patient Simulator Terminal selections 7 Disconnect the Patient Simulator from the WECG transmitter ab ECG Neonate Sensitivity Verification Trace B If the Dual ECG option is installed Perform the followi
263. umeric segments Off extinguished 3 Inactive connection 4 ThisoptionalAS201 connection separately powers the DCUwhenitisdetachedfromthemonitorbase Legend ElectricalCable MajorAssembly Subassembly FiberOptic Cable AirTube OptionalConnection Number of Cables Conductors Tubes 8215 221717 71 70170707 7 707 Serial Link Electronics 12V Assembly 255 3 ETCO2Module AB160D AB211 Pneumatics 1 Adapter Board Mother Externall O 1 Assembly 215 Board Board ETCO2 Module ISA3 125 n Uni 1 1 BUS niversa p Asynchronous SeeNote Receiver Xmtr UART s is Universal Asynchronous Receiver Xmtr 1 UART MG haist SystemPower 3 3V 5V 12V 119 Port AB213 Transceiver i Power WIT2450 S Board B 08 19 SeeNote4 FU39 Fuse SeeNote 2 1 5A 32V Hard Wired 9 HE61 Link Antenna T AS240 DCU HE119 Display Transceiver Assembly Board Universal 8 bit WIT2450 FU39Fuse Display Processing DP Asynchronous data bus Receiver Xmtr UA
264. ure a Turn the WPU OFF b Attach a standard VGA computer monitor to the VGA output located behind the service panel of the WPU Plug the monitor into an AC power source and then turn the monitor ON c Insert the USB program update device into the USB connector on the WPU d Turn the WPU ON The Invivo splash screen will appear on the monitor and then the following text will be displayed WPU OPERATIONAL PROGRAM UPDATE IN PROGRESS DO NOT REMOVE USB DRIVE FROM WPU isch cits ogee e The unit will begin reprogramming the operational software from the USB device A series of X characters will appear below the number scale indicating the progress of reprogramming Do no turn off the WPU and do not remove the USB device from the unit while reprogramming is in progress f When reprogramming is complete the following text will be displayed WPU OPERATIONAL PROGRAM UPDATE COMPLETE TURN WPU OFF THEN REMOVE USB DRIVE g When this text appears turn OFF the WPU and remove the USB device from the rear of the unit MAINTENANCE Release 1 Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 h Turn the WPU back ON and wait for the Normal Screen to be displayed on the monitor connected to the WPU Also verify that the DCU shows that communication has been established with the WPU If both of these conditions are met turn off the VGA monitor and disconnect the monitor from the WPU then continue with step i bel
265. uses to protect the monitor from surges in AC power and an AC Input power receptacle for connecting the unit to facility AC power e DC OUTPUT Indicator Item 3 The Power LED illuminates green when 18 Vdc 15 available at the DC output connector d DC Output Connector Item 4 The 18V DC output connection is where the AS201 is connected to the 3160 Monitor via the AC517 power cable 3 8 OPERATION Release 1 Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 4 Ea 4 Ea 1 2 3 4 810 1 FrontV iw earV iw Figure 3 9 WECG WSPO2 Patient Module Battery Charger 3 2 10 WECG WSPO2 Patient Module Battery Charger See Figure 3 9 The Patient Module Battery Charger is used offline to charge the 9065 lithium batteries located in the wireless WECG and WSPO2 patient modules The following is a description of the 9023 Patient Module Battery Charger indicators and connections a Charger Power Green LED Item 1 This LED indicates when 24 Vdc input power from the AC adapter is present b Battery Discharge Switch Item 2 When pushed this momentary switch places the battery inserted in the lower left hand battery slot in a reconditioning discharge cycle The associated Battery Charge LED will illuminate solid blue 9065 Battery Slot 4 Ea Item 3 Each battery slot provides for insertion of
266. val Replacement 7 15 DCU FU39 DC Fuse Removal Replacemen 7 76 DCU HE61 Radio Antenna Removal Replacement 7 17 Required Tools 7 13 WECG WSPO2 Module 9045 Patient Module LI Battery Removal Replacement 7 15 WPU 9445 Disposable Anesthetic Oxygen Sensor Removal Replacement 7 16 WPU FU39 DC Fuse Removal Replacement 7 16 WPU HE61 Radio Antenna Removal Replacement 7 17 WPU DCU 19 Battery Removal Replacement 7 IS Battery Tests 7 78 DCU 16 3 Vdc Battery Test 7 19 WECG WSPO2 9045 4 1 Vdc LI Battery Test 7 19 WPU DCU HB19 14 4 Vdc Battery Test 7 18 Cleaning 7 11 Accessories 7 12 Monitor 7 11 External Cleaning 7 11 Internal Cleaning 7 11 Corrective Maintenance 7 2 System Test and Verification 7 3 Index 2 INDEX 3160 SERVICE MANUAL Invivo DCU Cold Start 7 11 Introduction 7 7 Maintenance Access Procedures 7 17 DCU Maintenance Access 7 18 WPU Maintenance Access 7 17 Maintenance Drawings 7 19 Accessories 7 20 Replacement Parts 7 20 Preventive Maintenance 7 2 Battery Test 7 2 Consumable Parts 7 2 Disposable Parts 7 2 Anesthetic Oxygen Sensor 7 2 Patient Module LI Batteries 7 2 Water Trap Kit 7 2 Monitor Adjustment 7 2 Monitor Calibration and Verification 7 2 Monitor Cleaning External 7 2 Monitor Cleaning Internal 7 2 Required Test Equipment 7 1 Agents Test Equipment 7 1 Fiber Optic Temperature Test Equipment 7 2
267. w Blow Invivo Part Number FU12 WPU DCU BATTERY OPERATION DC Input Battery Type Rechargeable Lithium Ion 9064 Battery Voltage 14 4 Vde Operation Time At least eight 8 hours Battery Charge Time Charged to 85 capacity within 8 hours Battery Life Minimum 80 Charge Discharge Cycles DC Fuse WPU DCU Rear Panels 5A 32 V Slow Blow Invivo Part Number FU39 ENVIRONMENT Operating Temperature 10 to 44 C 50 to 110 F Storage Temperature 17 to 51 C 0 to 125 F Relative Humidity 0 to 80 non condensing DIMENSIONS Height WPU 6 5 inches 16 5 cm for the roll around design 6 inches 15 2 cm for the table mount design PCU 5 inches 12 7 cm DCU 12 inches 30 5 cm Width WPU 16 3 inches 41 4 cm PCU 8 7 inches 22 1 cm DCU 15 9 inches 40 cm Depth WPU 15 7 inches 39 9 cm PCU 3 85 inches 9 8 cm DCU 6 2 inches 15 75 cm Weight WPU 15 lbs 6 8 kg PCU 1 5 Ibs 0 6804 kg DCU 17 7 lbs 8 kg Release 1 PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS D 1 P N 9568 3160 SERVICE MANUAL DISPLAY Type 800 x 600 pixel color LCD Screen Size 12 inch 30 5 diagonal Sweep Speed 25 or 50 mm S gives 9 2 S or 4 6 S of display respectively For respiration a speed of 33 1 56 3 13 6 25 12 5 or 25 mm S is used Waveform Display Mode Fixed Trace Moving Erase Bar Waveform Display Height 221 mm Full Screen Display Height gt 84 mm Display
268. wer cable 517 from the gt AS201 and proceed to 2 action d Using DMM check the Observe a reading of 18 3 Replace the 5201 Power Contact Invivo Technical 2 output voltage across Pins 0 5 Vdc on the DMM Adapter Service for further 1 and 2 on the DC troubleshooting assistance OUTPUT connector see Appendix H Figure H 5 for test point locations WPU Won t Power a Disconnect 3160 power Fuse good Replace defective WPU DC Replace the Up AS201 18 cable 517 from the fuse Electronics Assembly Vdc Output Power WPU power port Using DMM check WPU DC fuse 2 9 250221 SHUNdAIOUd ONILOOHSATINOUL 76 Table 9 1 3160 Monitor Field Troubleshooting Procedures Continued Symptom DCU Won t Power Up on AS201 18 Vdc Output Power If Indication If Indication Action Normal Indication Is Abnormal Is Normal a Ensure 3160 power cable Fuse good Replace defective DCU DC Proceed to action b 517 is disconnected fuse from the DCU power port Using DMM check DCU DC fuse b Check status of the Left decimal is On lit Blank Display Replace the Replace the DCU assembly Error Code Display on the solid green right decimal is DCU assembly defective power switch DCU AB213 Power flashing green and all Board see Appendix H numeric segments are Off M dud Error Code Displayed Figure H 6 for compon
269. wer Cable Console Room Magnet Room AS240 DCU Display Unfiltered Panel Behind RF Seal USB RS232 Fuse Keyboard Assembly Unfiltered Panel Behind RF Seal USB RS232 Fuse Keyboard AS240 DCU Display Assembly 7S Radio Radio Aux Data Link Link po 5 TM S S S e Mediator AS239 Inv Pres 2 WOU Inv Pres 1 EN Assembly Agent CO2 Tube AS219 NA y Radio Data Link W T a AS215 Antenna onnection Board Tube 2 Unit WPU Electronics Assembly A Wireless ECG oN E Patient Module NIBP Tube 1 E Antenna Unfiltered Panel Boord FO Temp Behind RF Seal USB 85232 Wireless 5 02 Filtered Panel Keyboard and Resp 4 DC Power In Patient Module X gt Power Control 4 Gating Coox Switch Exhaust Gas Radio Dota Link to WPU i Visual Indicator AS201 Power Adapter DC Power Cable Figure 4 1 3160 Monitor Overall Block Diagram TVONVW HOIASIHS 0916 8956 N d wiOAIAU Invivo 3160 SERVICE MANUAL P N 9568 There will be a need to reprogram the various 3160 modules from time to time Reprogramming should only occur wh
270. ximately 25 minutes Agents Span Calibration Perform Agents Span Calibration as follows NOTE The Agent Bench is span calibrated one gas at a time as indicated in the following steps 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 Disconnect the sample tubing from the GAS EtCO2 port on the water trap Leave the port open for a minimum of 90 seconds to vent all residual gases from the water trap Press the lt F4 gt key Press the lt Down Arrow gt key until the SERVICE BIO MED menu selection is highlighted Press the lt Enter gt key to select SERVICE BIO MED Press the lt Down Arrow gt key until the GAS CAL menu selection is highlighted Press the lt Enter gt key to select GAS CAL Press the lt Down Arrow gt key until the ZERO CAL menu selection is highlighted Press the lt gt key to select ZERO CAL Press the Down Arrow key until the SPAN CAL menu selection is highlighted Press the lt gt key to select SPAN CAL In the ENTER PASSWORD menu select service code 40727 Press the Enter key to enter the code and display the Agents SPAN CAL menu see Section 3 Figure 3 20 Using the SPAN CAL GAS kit corresponding to the gas to be calibrated see below for a list of available aerosol gas kits cans attach the femail Luer lock fitting on the stopcock assembly to the mating valve stem on the SPAN CAL GAS can Invivo Invivo
271. y that the pump starts up n Pneumatic Leak Test Perform the Pneumatic Leak Test as follows 1 Connect a 40 foot leak hose to the NIBP Ports on the PCU 2 Press the lt 4 gt key 3 Press the Down Arrow key until the SERVICE BIO MED menu selection is highlighted 4 Press the lt gt key to select SERVICE BIO MED 5 Press the Down Arrow key until the NIBP TESTS menu selection is highlighted 6 Press the Enter key to select NIBP TESTS Release 1 CALIBRATION AND VERIFICATION PROCEDURES 5 25 P N 9568 3160 SERVICE MANUAL 7 Press the Down Arrow key until the LEAK TEST menu selection is highlighted 8 Press the lt gt key to select LEAK TEST NOTE The pump will start automatically and cycle approximately every 30 seconds A difference of greater than 10 between the PEAK and FINAL is considered a failure and will register in the failed window 5 26 9 Verify a minimum of 2 Leak Test Cycles with no failures 10 Disconnect the leak hose 11 Press the lt Esc gt key to display the Normal Screen Normal Blood Pressure Test Perform Normal Blood Pressure Reading Verification as follows NOTE Perform the substeps below using an NIBP Analyzer if available 1 Perform Adult Verification as follows a Connect an Adult Cuff Invivo Part Number 9010M to the NIBP Ports on the PCU b Place the Adult Cuff on arm 2 If the pat

Field Service Manual.book

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents